generic commissioning instructions - gentexpert€¦ · generic commissioning instructions for...
TRANSCRIPT
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
by Honeywell
Generic Commissioning Instructions
for Vigilon 4/6 loop & Compact range of fire panels & network nodes
ISSU
E7
Contents
Preliminary information - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6Safety information - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6
Pre-visit checks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6
Pre-commissioning - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6
Points to remember - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7
A typical commissioning process- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8
Product Approval and Standards - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11Fire detection and alarm control panel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11
Interface Units - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11
Manual Call points - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11
S-Cubed Mark 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12
S-Quad Sensors with Visual alarm device (VAD) - introduced post April 2014 - 13
S-Quad Sensors (Legacy product range) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15
S-Cubed Mark 2 (Legacy product range) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16
Fire Panels - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17Vigilon 4/6 loop panels (EN/BS) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17
Vigilon Compact Panel (EN) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17
Vigilon Compact VA panel (EN) (Legacy panel) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17
Controls and indications - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18
Vigilon 4/6 loop Panels - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 23Second fix parts - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 23
Remove the protective covers - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 23
Fitting the inner door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 24
Printer paper roll - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 25
Setting the DKC card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 26
Card installation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 27
Terminals on Terminal Card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 28
Pre power-up checks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 29
Mains supply wiring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 29
Battery installation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 30
PSU LED indications - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 31
Write protect link on backplane - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 31
Fire Routing LEDs (Post Mid 2015) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 32
Command Build LEDs CB253 and CB254 (Pre Mid 2015) - - - - - - - - - - 32
How to configure the 'U' buttons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 33
Factory settings - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 33
How to fit the outer door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 33
Vigilon Compact Panel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 34Cards and internal cables of the panel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 35
Installing a replacement MCB in an older Vigilon Compact panel - - - - - - - 36
Terminals on the Master Control Board (MCB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 37
Settings on the DKC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 38
Pre Power up checks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 39
Battery Installation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 39
Mains supply - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 40
How to configure the monitored input - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 41
Fire Routing LEDs (post mid 2015) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 42
How to configure the LEDs CB253 and CB254 (pre mid 2015) - - - - - - - - 42
How to configure the U1 and U2 buttons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 43
External printer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 43
Factory settings - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 44
Vigilon Compact Voice Alarm Panel - (legacy product) - - - - - - - 45Cards and internal cables of the panel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 46
Terminals on the Audio Control Card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 47
Terminals on the Master Control Board- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 48
Pre power up checks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 48
Battery Installation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 49
Mains supply - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50
External printer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50
How to configure the monitored input - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50
How to configure the buttons U1 and U2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50
How to configure LEDs CB253 and CB254 (Legacy) - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50
How to check and set the audio signal - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 51
Factory settings - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 51
Indications on power up - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 52
Initial tests - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 52
Useful menu options - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 53Panel Buzzer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 53
Software version check - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 53
Commissioning instructions
2 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Co
nte
nts
Password or PIN code - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 53How to create an Engineer PIN - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 54
How to change the Customer PIN - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 54
How to erase a PIN - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 54
Address allocation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 55Address allocation with Loop circuit end 1 connected - - - - - - - - - - - - - 55
Allocation faults - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 56
How to re-allocate addresses to a loop circuit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 56
Address allocation with Loop circuit End 2 connected - - - - - - - - - - - - - 56
Plexus Devices - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 56
SAFE Addressing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 57To SAFE address a device - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 57
To convert from SAFE to soft address - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 57
Checking a loop map - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 58To find devices on a loop circuit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 58
Non Volatile Memory (NVM) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 59NVM Hardware Write protect - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 59
NVM Software - 'write protect' and 'unprotect' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 60
To back up loop data to NVM - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 60
To recover loop data from NVM - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 61
How to electrically erase the NVM - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 61
2km Loop circuit - tests using LDT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 62Loop diagnostic tool - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 62
How to [Repair] a loop circuit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 62
Loop resistence measured by the panel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 62
1km Loop circuit - manual tests - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 62Loop resistance and capacitance - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 62
Loop circuit tests - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 63Loop short circuit test - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 63
Ground break test - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 63
Positive line break test- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 64
Earth fault test - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 64
Checking device STATUS- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 65Loop Device Status - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 65
Plexus Device Status - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 67
Device checks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 68Checking the time averages - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 68
Checking the Exception/Subfault codes- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 70
Condition Codes for S-Quads (Exception / Sub Fault codes) - - - - - - - - - 71
Pre Fire, Fire and Super fire - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 72
S-Quad Sensor with VAD - STATES VAD (current range of devices) 73
S-Quad Sensor with Strobe - STATES (legacy devices) - - - - - - - 74S-Quad Heat sensor STATES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 75
S-Quad Dual Optical & Heat / Optical & Heat sensor STATES - - - - - - - - 75
S-Quad Dual Optical, Heat & CO sensor STATES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 76
S-Quad Optical sensor STATES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 76
Beam sensor STATES- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 77
Interface Unit STATES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 78Single channel interface input STATES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 78
4 - Channel Interface Unit STATES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 78
34000 range of sensors STATES (legacy devices)- - - - - - - - - - 79Optical heat sensor (plus sounder) STATES (34000 range) - - - - - - - - - - 79
Heat sensor STATES (34000 range) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 80
Installed equipment tests- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 81Preparation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 81
Communication to site occupants - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 81
Commissioning Tool - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 81
Plant equipment- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 81
Zone 'Test' mode (for EN panels only) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 81
'Commission' mode (for BS panels only) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 81
Fire Sensors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 82
Manual Call Points - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 82
Interface Units - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 82
S Cubed - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 83
Repeat panel (Loop connected) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 83
Mimic Panel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 83
Mains powered DAU and micro DAU (Legacy devices) - - - - - - - - - - - - 83
VIGILON Compact VA system (Legacy system) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 83
Deviations from standards - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 83
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 3
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Co
nte
nts
Vigilon Compact Network - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 84Single Network - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 84
Wiring the single network - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 85
Single network without domain bridge - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 85
Network Card for VIGILON Compact - baud and node address switch settings - 86
Powering-up the Network - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 87
How to check a Network map - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 87
How to check Network Card status - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 88
Fault Finding - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 88
High errors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 88
Single Vigilon Network - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 89Single Network - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 89
Wiring a Copper network - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 90
Wiring a Fibre network - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 90
Single network without domain bridge - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 91
Powering-up the Network - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 91
How to check a Network map - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 91
How to check Network Card status - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 92
Fault Finding - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 92
High errors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 92
Multiple Vigilon Networks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 93Domain Bridge using Input Output card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 93
Two networks using Domain bridge IO card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 93
Star network using Domain bridge IO cards - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 93
IO domain bridge network switch settings - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 94
Message routing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 95
Domain bridge message passing tests- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 96
Domain bridge using Fibre Optic network card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 96
FO Domain Network switch settings - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 97
Appendix A-1 - Menu maps for EN54 (V4) Vigilon panel - - - - - - 98
Appendix A-2 - Menu maps for BS (V3+) Vigilon panel - - - - - - 107
Appendix B - Message Action List - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 116Clearable fault events - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 116
Latching fault events - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 116
Repairable fault events - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 116
Message Action list - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 117
Appendix C - Guidelines for standalone system commands - - - - - 139Labels - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 139
Long labels - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 140
Sectors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 143
Integral sounder operation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 144
Default fire plan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 145
Fail safe fire plan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 145
Site specific fire plan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 145
Delay Blocks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 146
Sound and Resound alarms options- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 148
Time slots and Time blocks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 149
Zones - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 150
Groups - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 150
Zone Tasks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 151
Command Builds - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 152
Sounders Configuration - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 153
Auxiliary Relays - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 154
Radio Device - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 154
Fire Alarm Routing Equipment (FARE) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 155
Fire Protection Equipment (FPE)- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 156
S-Cubed Mark III or II and S-Quad - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 157
Voice and Sounder mode pluse VAD/Strobe action - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 158
Appendix D - Guidelines for Networked system commands - - - - - 159Master Sectors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 159
Master Groups - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 160
Appendix E - Cards - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 161
Commissioning instructions
4 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Co
nte
nts
Abbreviations
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 5
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Preface
This is the seventh issue of the Commissioning instructions for the fire alarm system based on theEN54/BS Vigilon 4/6 loop panels, Vigilon Compact panel (&VA) (with network capability)and Vigilon Network nodes. This manual covers EN panels having Master Control Card / MasterControl Board software at version 4.53 or higher and BS panels having Master Control Cardsoftware at version 3.97 or higher. It also covers FARE, FPE and Part 23 devices.
Associated documents
The Vigilon control panels and network nodes are supplied with respective copies of the operatingand installation instruction manuals:
EN54 Vigilon 4/6-loop panel based system - Installation instructions & Operating instructions
EN54 Vigilon Compact panel based system - Installation instruction & Operating instructions
EN54 Vigilon Compact Voice Alarm panel - Installation instructions & Operating instructions
Vigilon Compact Network node - Installation instructionsVigilon Network Node - Installation instructionsCommissioning tool - User guide
Conventions
�This is a note to highlight important text that is normally hidden in the main text.
� This is either a caution to prevent damage to the equipment or awarning to inform of dangerous conditions that may result in injury or death.
Symbol Keys
What you will see.
What you will hear.
ACC Audio Control Card
ADC Analogue to digitalconverter
C Common
CH channel
CO Carbon monoxide
DAU Distributed Amplifier Unit
DEV Device
DIL Dual in line
DKC Display keyboard card
DPCO Double pole change over(relay contacts)
EEPROM Electrically ErasableProgrammable ROM
EOL End of line
FAB First action byte
IO or I/O Input Output channels
IP Ingress protection
LED Light emitting diode
LRT Loop Radio Transceiver
LPC Loop processor card
LPCB Loss prevention councilcertification board
MCB Master control board(CARD 0)
MCC Main control card or Maincontroller card (CARD 0)
MCP Manual call point
Mpeg Moving picture expertgroup
N/C or NC Normally closed
N/O or NO Normally open
NVM Non Volatile Memory(CARD14)
O/C or OC Open circuit
PA Public Address
PCB Printed circuit board
PIN Personal identificationnumber(usercode, password,access code)
PSU Power supply unit
PTT Press to Talk
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
QB Quick blow (fuse)
S/C or SC Short circuit
SAB Second action byte
SAFE Software addressedfirmware encoded
SPCO Single pole change overrelay contacts
SPL Sound pressure level
T Anti-surge (fuse)
USB Universal serial bus
VA Voice Alarm
Preliminary information
34K Control PanelsThis manual covers the Vigilon range of controlpanels and does not specifically cover the34K 4-Loop Control Panel.
For information on 34K 4-Loop Control panel referto Vigilon BS 4-Loop Control panel in this manual,as both ranges of panels have version 3+ softwareand the only difference is in the branding.
Safety information
�1. Do not remove or replace printed circuit boards, fuses or attempt to wire thecontrol panel with the panel powered up. Always power down the mains supplyat the fused spur unit and disconnect the battery supply to the panel.
2. When powering up always power-up the mains supply first before the batterysupply. The power-down should be done in reverse order.
3. When installing the cards into the master control board or backplane alwaysuse anti-static work procedures.
4. Do not use anti-static procedures on live equipment.
Pre-visit checks
� Ensure there are accurate as fitted wiring drawings available, 2 copies are required.
� Any damaged equipment has been noted for replacement.
� Ensure access will be provided to system equipment installed in the protectedpremises.
� The installer (electrical contractor) will be in attendance until the installation isproved.
� Site contact or representative will be available during the visit.
� Ensure the commissioning tool along with the associated cables, printer andinstructions are available.
� Ensure spare parts are available, such as:
• MCP glasses
• MCP test key
• Printer paper roll
• Equipment door keys.
Pre-commissioning
� Check the installation of fire alarm equipment with reference to the most recent asfitted wiring drawings.
� Get the feel of the operating condition of areas on the site:
• action the installer to carry out any rectification work plus
• report discrepancies for administration purposes.
� Where the operating condition of an area is not right for the equipment installed, thenthe appropriate replacement action must be taken.
� Ensure the fire system equipment is installed in accordance with the appropriatestandards and project specification.
Commissioning instructions
6 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Pre
lim
inary
info
rmati
on
Points to remember
Earth leads
� All earth leads supplied with the system equipment must be securely fitted tomaintain earth continuity.
Parts for later installation
� All unused parts should be retained in their respective container for safe keeping untilrequired.
Loop wiring
� The loop cable should have been connected to the appropriate terminals at eachdevice, as shown in the installation manual in locations identified on the as fittedwiring drawings.
Enclosure
� Access into equipment enclosure is usually by means of opening an outer door/cover.A panel may also have an inner door which will also need opening.
Unattended equipment
� Where equipment is to be left unattended, then it is important to close the door /coverfor safety.
Copper fingers
� Copper fingers are conductive spring like strips fitted to metal assemblies. They arefitted to shield against electromagnetic and radio frequency interferences.Ensure the copper finger strips are intact and no damage has occurred. Damagedfingers will reintroduce the gap to let in/out interferences.
Static precaution
� The discharge of static electricity can damage or degrade sensitive electroniccomponents on printed circuit boards. Anti-static procedures should be followedwhen handling static sensitive boards.
�It is important that anti-static procedures are NOT carried out on live equipment.
Removal and disconnection
� Any disconnection of cables or removal of parts from an assembly must be restored orreplaced.
Battery
� To prevent damage to batteries and equipment, the terminals of the battery must notsimultaneously touch any conductive part of the equipment enclosure.
� Sealed lead acid battery can have a useful life of up to 5 years from the date ofmanufacture, it is strongly recommended that batteries are replaced after 4 years. Thebatteries must be disposed of correctly by following national or local legislation andbattery manufacturers recommendations.
Powering up
� When equipment is being powered up always connect the mains supply before thebattery supply. Power-down should be done in reverse order.
� Arcing may occur when the battery circuit is connected to mainspowered equipment.
Panel Buzzer
� It may be necessary during commissioning to switch Off the panel buzzer. It ispossible to selectively switch the disablement, fault, fire, supervisory and commandbuild buzzer sound to Off or On. It is important to ensure that the buzzer is switchedOn for normal operation after commissioning.
Fire plan
� The system should be tested in accordance with the project specification.
Sensor cover
� Each fire sensor installed in the system should have been fitted with a dust coverduring installation. The dust covers must be removed from all the fire sensors after thepanel loops have been satisfactorily powered-up and with addresses allocated to eachdevice ready for further checks and tests.
Site specific installation
� Plant equipment interfaced to the system should be tested to recommendations madein the project specification.
Test mode (EN - V4) & Commission Mode (BS - V3+)
� During commissioning of the system you will need to switch On the Test/Commissionmode. It is important to switch Off the Test/Commission mode after the work is over,to ensure the system operates normally.
Informing responsible persons
� It is important to inform the person(s) responsible for the fire alarm system that
the system is being commissioned.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 7
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Pre
lim
inary
info
rmati
on
A typical commissioning process
Commissioning instructions
8 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Aty
pic
alco
mm
issio
nin
gp
rocess
Before powering up the PanelOpen the outer cover and inner cover of the panel and:– Check all the internal cables within the enclosure are securely fitted
– Ensure no external circuits are connected at this stage, except forthe mains supply which must be connected but not switched ON
–
– Fit the loop card(s) into the required location(s)
Fit the resistors to the master alarm circuits.– Connect the external printer to the RS232 port, if required.– Ensure the input - output lines of interface units on the loop are not
connected.
end of line
Inform responsible person(s)Inform responsible person(s) that the fire alarm system is beingcommissioned and occupants in the protected premises will heartest alarms.Ensure occupants are made aware of alternative site proceduresshould there be a fire event while the system is commissioned.
Pre visit checksEnsure you have:
shows installed system equipment
Installer will be present to rectify wiring faultsTools and spare parts are available.
––––
As-fitted-drawings thatAccess will be available to protected areas having system equipment
Always power-down the panel when.
working on the system,for example when wiring or replacing parts
Survey the installationRefer to the most recent and ensure that all the firesystem equipment has been installed in accordance with theinstallation instructions, respective standards and project specification.
as-fitted-drawings
Power up– Fit the batteries inside the panel enclosure and connect the battery
leads and then switch ON the mains supply.
Initial tests and set ups
– Carry out a display test and ensure DISPLAY and LEDs are working– Set the system clock time and date
Configure the RS232 printer port, if an external printer is installed.
– Setup Access levels PIN codes, if required
–
Loop DevicesConfigure the links on all LV 4-channel interface units connected tothe loop. Ensure links are set for either Input or Output application.
–
– Power up the mains powered interface unit on the loop.
Ensure all interface Input/Output external wiring remainsdisconnected at this stage, unless otherwise instructed. Thisaction will prevent inadvertent operation of output/plant whilethe system is being commissioned.
Loop device address allocation– Connect only End 1 of a loop circuit and power-up the loop– Allow address allocation to finish. Any fault(s) on the loop during
allocation must be rectified. Power-down the loop when correctingloop wiring faults and the power-up to continue address allocation
– Connect only End 2 of the loop circuit and power cycle the loop andensure address allocation is complete from End 2.
– Connect both End 1 and End 2 of the loop and check the loopallocation is complete with both ends of the loop connected.
– ‘Starting Loop n’ displayed after successful allocation of addresses.– Check all the devices on the loop circuit are installed in their correct
location using the ‘ ’ function at the panel and by referringto the ‘ ’
– Check to ensure correct devices are installed by viewing the‘Device status’
– Repeat the allocation process on other loop circuits.
Find Deviceas fitted wiring drawings
Continue on next page
Pre-allocate the wireless devices– If the system has wireless devices then pre-allocate thewireless devices and bind them to the respective LRT.Then allocate loop again to allow panel to see the devices. R
ad
ioD
evic
es
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 9
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Aty
pic
alco
mm
issio
nin
gp
rocess
Installed system testPut the panel in test mode and then carry out tests in accordance withthe recommendations of BS5839:Part 1 and also in accordancewith project requirements:
– Interface unitsPrior to functional test on external equipment connectedto the I/O circuits, ensure the I/O circuits remain isolated.After functional tests, reconnect the I/O circuits and where appropriatetest the I/O circuits to project recommendations.
S-Cubed - The output volume of an S-Cubed can be adjusted using:[Set up] ->[Setup]-> [Device]-> [Loop]->[S-Cubed]->[Volume] and thenenter a value between 16 min to 100 max. command at the panel.Repeat and Mimic panelsCheck events are displayed and indicated
carrying out
– Fire sensorsEnsure a device fire causes alarms in the system to sound inaccordance with site specific requirement.
–
–
– Connect Master alarm and Monitored input circuits and move theend-of-line resistor to the end of each circuit.
– Sounders - Conduct sound level tests to ensure the levels do not fallbelow the requirements.
– VAD / Strobe - Check the appropriate S-Quad and S-Cubed devicesprovide the visual alarm.
– Messages - Check the correct messages are announced from theSpeakers, S-Cubed and S-Quad devices where installed.
– Remove the Test mode and ensure any disablements are re-enabled.
Pro
ce
du
res
for
Vig
ilon
Co
mpa
ctV
Ao
nly
Background music and PA microphone– Connect and test Background music system– Connect and test PA microphone– Test the emergency microphone.
Retrieve the system data to Commissioning toolConnect the commissioning tool and retrieve the system data,see Commissioning tools manual.
Devices set upEnsure all devices on the loop circuits are correctly set up.– Calibrate speaker circuits on micro DAUs– Adjust volume of audio at each micro DAU and
Mains Powered DAU.
Audio loop wiring testsConnect each audio loop and carry out tests to ensure live andauxiliary messages are outputted to the DAU speaker circuits.
BackupBack-up the system loop address allocation data to the memory.
Regularly back-up the configuration data duringcommissioning, do this every 15 minutes to ensure thechanges made to the configuration is not lost.
Loop wiring tests
Repair
Carry out tests on each loop wiring by introducing open and shortcircuit wiring faults. Ensure the panel provides an indication of eachfault. Run the ‘ ’ function at the panel after each wiring fault removal.
From previous page
Configure the system using the Commissioning ToolConfigure the system to site specific requirement using theCommissioning tool.
Beam Sensor alignmentIf there are beam sensors on the loop then commission the beamsensor pair using the alignment and autogain function at the panel.
Transmit the configured system to the panelConnect the commissioning tool to the panel and transmit thesystem configuration.
Continued on next page
Commissioning instructions
10 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Aty
pic
alco
mm
issio
nin
gp
rocess
Configuration data fileEnsure site file held at the Commissioning tool is the same as theone held at the panel for future reference and for traceability.
PIN CodesChange the user PIN code(s) and inform the new codes to therespective users.
Final changes to configurationUse the panel menu options to make minor adjustments if required tothe system configuration and then back up the work. All major changesto the configuration must be done using the Commissioning tool.
From previous page
Product Approval and StandardsFire detection and alarm control panel
The following fire detection and alarm control panels are LPCB approved.
Product number Description Standard
VIG1-24
VIG1-72
COMPACT-24-N
EN Vigilon 4-loop panel
EN Vigilon 4/6-loop panel
EN Vigilon Compact 2-loop panel
EN 54 Parts 2 & 4
COMPACT-VA EN Vigilon Compact VA 2-loop panel EN 54 Parts 2, 4 & 16. - a Legacy panel
Interface Units
The following interface units are LPCB approved.
Product number Description Standard
S4-34410
S4-34450
S4-34420
S4-34415
S4-34411
S4-34401
S4-34404
1 Input interface module (loop powered)
4 Input / output Interface module (loop powered)
1 Output & 1 input (confirmation) interface module (loop powered)
1 Output Interface
Single output interface (loop powered)
Single Channel Mains Switching InterfaceFour Channel mains Switching Interface
EN54-17:2005 and
EN54-18:2005
S4-34440-02 andS4-34440-12
Mains Powered Interface Units EN54-17: 2005
EN54-18: 2005 &
EN54-4:1997 + A1: 2002 + A2: 2006
Manual Call points
The following manual call points are LPCB approved.
Product number Description Standard
S4-34842S4-34805
S4-34485
S4-34800
Manual Call Points EN54 Part 11: 2001
EN54 Part 17: 2005
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 11
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Pro
du
ct
Ap
pro
valan
dS
tan
dard
s
S-Cubed Mark 3
The following S-Cubed Mark 3 devices are LPCB approved.
Product number Description Standard
Type A Devices
S3-S-R
S3-V-R
S3-S-W
S3-V-W
S3-VAD-HPW-R
S3-VAD-HPR-R
S3-S-VAD-HPW-R
S3-S-VAD-HPR-R
S3-S-VAD-HPW-W
S3-S-VAD-HPR-W
S3-S-VAD-LPR-R
S3-S-VAD-LPW-R
S3-V-VAD-HPW-R
S3-V-VAD-HPR-R
S3 Sounder/Red Body
S3 Voice Sounder/Red Body
S3 Sounder/White Body
S3 Voice Sounder/White Body
S3 VAD/High Perf. White VAD/Red body
S3 High Perf. Red VAD/Red Body
S3 Sounder/High Perf. White VAD/Red Body
S3 Sounder/High Perf. Red VAD/Red Body
S3 Sounder/High Perf. White VAD/White Body
S3 Sounder/High Perf. Red VAD/White Body
S3 Sounder/Standard Perf. Red VAD/Red Body
S3 Sounder/Standard Perf. White VAD/Red Body
S3 Voice Sounder/High Perf. White VAD/Red Body
S3 Voice Sounder/High Perf. Red VAD/Red Body
EN54-3 : 2001, A1:2002, A2:2006 (for Sounder)
EN54-23 : 2010 (for Visual Alarm Device VAD)
EN54-17 : 2005 (for Short circuit isolator)
Environmentally protected Devices
S3EP-S-R
S3EP-VAD-HPW-R
S3EP-VAD-HPR-R
S3EP-V-VAD-HPW-R
S3EP-V-VAD-HPR-R
S3 Sounder/Red Body/EP
S3 VAD/High perform. White VAD/Red Body/EP
S3 VAD/High perform. Red VAD/Red Body/EP
S3 Voice Sounder/High perform. White VAD/Red Body/EP
S3 Voice Sounder/High perform. Red VAD/Red Body/EP
EN54-3 : 2001, A1:2002, A2:2006 (for Sounder)
EN54-23 : 2010 (for Visual Alarm Device VAD)
EN54-17 : 2005 (for Short circuit isolator)
Commissioning instructions
12 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Pro
du
ct
Ap
pro
valan
dS
tan
dard
s
S-Quad Sensors with Visual alarm device (VAD) - introduced post April 2014
The following S-Quad with VAD sensors when operating in the STATES shown in table below are LPCB approved to the respective standard.
Part number Description Standard
S4-711-VAD-HPR S4 Dual Optical & Heat Sensors / Red VAD EN54-5 : 2000, A1 : 2002 (heat)EN54-7 : 2000, A1 : 2002, A2 : 2006 (optical)EN54-3 : 2001, A1 : 2002, A2 : 2006 (sounder)EN54-23 : 2010 (visual alarm device VAD)EN54-17:2005 (short circuit isolator)EN54-18:2005 (input output devices)
S4-720-V-VAD-HPR S4 Heat sensor / Voice Sensor Sounder / Red VAD
S4-711-V-VAD-HPR S4 Dual Optical & Heat Sensors / Voice Sounder / Red VAD
S4-911-V-VAD-HPR S4 Dual Optical & Heat & CO Sensors / Voice Sounder / Red VAD
S4-711-VAD-LPW S4 Dual Optical & Heat Sensors / White VAD
S4-711-VAD-HPW S4 Dual Optical & Heat Sensors / White VAD (HP)
S4-711-V-VAD-LPW S4 Dual Optical & Heat Sensors / Voice Sounder / White VAD (Std)
S4-711-V-VAD-HPW S4 Dual Optical & Heat Sensors / Voice Sounder / White VAD (HP)
S4-720-V-VAD-HPW S4 Heat / Voice Sounder / White VAD (HP)
S4-911-V-VAD-HPW S4 Dual Optical & Heat & CO Sensors / Voice Sounder / White VAD HP
Non VAD devices
S4-720 Heat sensor EN54 : Part 5 :2002* - (heat)
S4-715 Optical sensor EN54 : Part 7 : 2000* - (optical smoke)
S4-710 Optical Heat sensors EN54 : Part 7 : 2000* - (optical smoke)EN54 : Part 5 : 2000* - (heat)CEA 4021 : 2003-07 Class P heat multisensor detector
S4-711 Dual Optical & Heat Sensors
S4-711-V S4 Dual Optical & Heat Sensors / Voice Sounder EN54-5 : 2000, A1 : 2002 (heat)EN54-7 : 2000, A1 : 2002, A2 : 2006 (optical)EN54-3 : 2001, A1 : 2002, A2 : 2006 (sounder)EN54-17:2005 (short circuit isolator)EN54-18:2005 (input output devices)
S4-770-S S4 Optical & Heat Sensors / Sounder
S4-771-S S4 Dual Optical & Heat Sensors / Sounder
S4-780-S S4 Heat Sensor Sounder
S4-901 S4 Dual Optical & Heat & CO Sensors
* - these standards are met when the sensor is operating LPCB approved STATES, see STATES table below. Sounder tone description - see next page
� If a S-Quad sensor is configured to operate a non LPCB STATE, then this will contravene the LPCB approval. The required STATE is configured during commissioning andcan be also configured using controls at the main panel.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 13
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Pro
du
ct
Ap
pro
valan
dS
tan
dard
s
LPCB approved S-Quad Sensor with VAD device STATES
# - factory default settings
Device
LPCB approved STATE Meets ~ EN54-7 : 2000, A1:2002, A2:2006
* EN54-5 : 2000, A1:2002
Dual Optical & Heat sensor variant - S4-711
(With VAD) S4-711-VAD-HPR
(With VAD) S4-711-VAD-LPW
(With VAD) S4-711-VAD-HPW
(With Speech) S4-711-V
(With VAD & Speech) S4-711-V-VAD-HPR
(With VAD & Speech) S4-711-V-VAD-HPW
(With Sounder) S4-771-S
STATE 0 #
STATE 5
STATE 8
Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
Medium optical smoke ~ / Class B heat *
Delayed medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat*
Dual Optical, Heat & CO sensor variant- S4-901
(With Speech & VAD) S4-911-V-VAD-HPR
(With Speech & VAD) S4-911-V-VAD-HPW
STATE 0 #
STATE 9
Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
Class A1 heat *
Optical & Heat sensor variant - S4-710
(With Sounder) S4-770-S STATE 0 # Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat*
Heat sensor variant - S4-720
(With Speech & VAD) S4-720-V-VAD-HPR
(With Speech & VAD) S4-720-V-VAD-HPW
(With Sounder) S4-780-S
STATE 0 #
STATE 5
Class A1 heat *
Class B heat *
Optical sensor - S4-715 State 0 # Medium optical smoke
All S-Quad range of sensor sounder devices meet EN54-17:2005 Input/Output devices plus EN54-18:2005 Short circuit isolation for use on the transmission path of fire detection and alarm systems.
Sounder tone - Meets the following tone settings: High tone ( Continuous 933Hz) & Alternate tone (High 933Hz for 0.25s / low 700Hz for 0.25s)
When an S-Quad sensor is configured to operate a non LPCB approved STATE then this will contravene the LPCB approval.
# - these standards are met when the sensor is operating LPCB approved STATES.
All the LPCB approved STATES applicable to S-Quad fire sensors are shown. The required STATE is configured during commissioning. On initial power-up of the system all the sensors operate inSTATE 0.Note sensor STATES are not applicable for wireless sensors.
Commissioning instructions
14 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Pro
du
ct
Ap
pro
valan
dS
tan
dard
s
S-Quad Sensors (Legacy product range)
The following S-Quad sensors when operating in the STATES shown in table below are LPCB approved to the respective standard.
Product number Description Standard
S4-720-ST-VO Heat sensor Strobe and Speech (Speech and Strobe - no approval) EN54 : Part 5 :2002* - (heat)
S4-780
S4-780-ST
Heat Sensor plus SounderHeat Sensor plus Sounder & Strobe (Strobe - no approval)
EN54 : Part 5 : 2002* - (heat)
EN54 : Part 3 : 2001 - (sounder)
S4-711-ST Dual Optical & Heat Sensors Strobe (Strobe - no approval) EN54 : Part 7 : 2000* (optical smoke)EN54 : Part 5 : 2002* (heat)CEA 4021 : 2003-07 Class P heat multisensor detector
S4-911 Dual Optical, Heat & CO Sensors (CO - no approval)
S4-711-ST-VO Dual Optical & Heat Sensors, Speech & strobe (Speech and Strobe - no approval) EN54 : Part 7 : 2000* (optical smoke)EN54 : Part 5 : 2002* (heat)EN54 : Part 3 2001 - (sounder tone)
CEA 4021 : 2003-07 Class P heat multisensor detector
S4-711-VO Dual Optical & Heat Sensors, Speech (Speech - no approval)
S4-771 Dual Optical & Heat Sensors & Sounder
S4-911-ST-VO Dual Optical, Heat & CO Sensors, Speech & Strobe(Speech, Strobe & CO - no approval)
S4-770 Optical & Heat sensors and Sounder
* - these standards are met when the sensor is operating LPCB approved STATES, see STATES table below. Sounder tone description - see next page
� If a S-Quad sensor is configured to operate a non LPCB STATE, then this will contravene the LPCB approval. The required STATE is configured during commissioning andcan be also configured using controls at the main panel.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 15
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Pro
du
ct
Ap
pro
valan
dS
tan
dard
s
LPCB approved S-Quad Sensor STATES (Legacy product range)
DeviceLPCB approved STATE
# - default STATE
Meets ~ EN54 : Part 7 :2000* EN54 : Part 5 :2002
Dual Optical & Heat sensor variant -
(With Strobe) S4-711-ST(With Speech) S4-711-VO
(With Strobe & Speech) S4-711-ST-VO(With Sounder) S4-771
STATE 0 #
STATE 5
STATE 8
Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
Medium optical smoke ~ / Class B heat *
Delayed medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat*
Dual Optical, Heat & CO sensor variant -
S4-911(With Speech & Strobe) S4-911-ST-VO
STATE 0 #
STATE 9
Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
Class A1 heat *
Optical & Heat sensor variant -
(With Sounder) S4-770 STATE 0 # Medium optical smoke / Class A1 heat*
Heat sensor variant -
(With Speech & Strobe) S4-720-ST-VO(With Sounder) S4-780
(With Strobe) S4-780-ST
STATE 0 #
STATE 5
Class A1 heat *
Class B heat *
All S-Quad range of sensor sounder devices meet CEA 4021: 2003-07, where applicable, and meet EN54-17:2005 Input/Output devices plus EN54-18:2005 Short circuit isolation for use on thetransmission path of fire detection and alarm systems.
Sounder tone - Meets the following tone settings: High tone ( Continuous 933Hz) & Alternate tone (High 933Hz for 0.25s / low 700Hz for 0.25s)
When an S-Quad sensor is configured to operate a non LPCB approved STATE then this will contravene the LPCB approval.
# - these standards are met when the sensor is operating LPCB approved STATES.
All the LPCB approved STATES applicable to S-Quad fire sensors are shown. The required STATE is configured during commissioning. On initial power-up of thesystem all the sensors operate in STATE 0.Note sensor STATES are not applicable for wireless sensors.
S-Cubed Mark 2 (Legacy product range)
The Sounders in the following S-Cubed Mark 2 range of products listed below are LPCB approved to EN 54 : Part 3
S3IP-VP-W, S3-VP-W, S3IP-VP-ST-WR, S3-VP-ST-WR, S3IP-VP-R, S3-VP-R, S3IP-VP-ST-RR, S3-VP-ST-RR, S2IP-VP-W, S2IP-VP-R, S3IP-SN-W-V2, S3-SN-W-V2, S3IP-SN-ST-WR-V2,S3-SN-ST-WR-V2, S3IP-SN-R-V2, S3-SN-R-V2, S3IP-SN-ST-RR-V2, S3-SN-ST-RR-V2, S3IP-SN-ST-RW-V2, S2IP-SN-R-V2 and S2IP-SN-W-V2.
Commissioning instructions
16 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Pro
du
ct
Ap
pro
valan
dS
tan
dard
s
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 17
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Fir
eP
an
els
Fire PanelsVigilon 4/6 loop panels (EN/BS)
A BS panel is very similar to an EN panel:
Vigilon Compact Panel (EN)
Vigilon Compact VA panel (EN) (Legacy panel)
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2015
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault
Fault/Dis
DisablementPrevious Next
Delay
Verify
Active
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Sounder
Fire Routing O/P
Fault/Dis
ActiveFire Routing O/P
Indicators
Pocket forOperating instructions
and Log Book
Message display
Access level 1Controls to scroll events
Key lock forouter door
Inner door
Printer
Outer door
Access level 2 & 3Controls
Key lock forouter door
Indications
Inner door
Operating instructionsand Log Book
Outer door
MessageDisplay
Access level 1Controlsto scroll fireevents
Access level 2Controls
Fault/Dis
Active
Fire Routing O/P
Fault/Dis
Active
Fire Routing O/P
Vigilon Compact Voice Alarm SystemGENT 2010
Designed to EN54 Pts 2, 4 & 16
Panel healthy 15:45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Fault
Disablement
Power Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Verify
Sounder
CB253
CB254
All Zones Clear Zones
Voice Alarm Zones
Speak Now
Auxiliary messages Emergency messages
1 42 3 5
6 97 8 10
1
2
3
1
2
3
Previous Next
ALERT
BOMB
EVACUATE
MIC
TEST START
STAND DOWN
TEST END
by Honeywell
EN54 Part 2, 4 & 16
COMPACT VOICE
Vigilon
VA Activated
0XXXx
Access level 2 & 3Controls
Indications
Pocket forOperating instructions
and Log Book
Message display
Access level 1Controls to scroll events
Key lock forouter door
Inner door
EmergencyMicrophone
Outer door
Controls and indications
Commissioning instructions
18 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Fault
System Fault
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Delay
Verify
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0" # $ % ^ & * ( +
:
,
-
;
.
)
Q W E R T Y U I O P
U1
U2
U3
U4
Fire
A S D F G H J K L
Z X C V B N M
Sound Alarms Silence Alarms Reset
Cancel BuzzerMenu On/Off
F4F3F1 F2
!Insert
Delete
SpaceShift
Enter
;
Verify
Panelbuzzer
Vigilon Compact panel orVigilon Compact Voice Alarm panel (legacy) has CB253 / CB254 LEDs in place of Fire routing LEDs
EN Vigilon 4-loop panel orBS Vigilon 4-loop panel
BS Vigilon 4-loop panel:Commission
Warning
BS Vigilon 4-loop panel:NOT USED
Not fitted onBS Vigilon 4-loop
panel
Previous Next
ABC DEF
GHI JKL MNO
Cancel BuzzerMenu On/Off
Verify
1 2 3
4 5 6PQRS TUV WXYZ
7 8 9
0
Sound Alarms
Silence Alarms
Reset
Enter
THRU BKSP
0INS DEL
F1 F2 F3 F4
U1
U2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Disablement
Sounder
Active
Fault/Dis
Fire Routing O/P
Active
Fault/Dis
Fire Routing O/P
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 19
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Co
ntr
ols
an
din
dic
ati
on
s
Indications applicable for all Vigilon panels
Indicators Description
Display The Display provides messages of the system status / events by means of 8 lines by 40 characters per line display.
(red)Hidden-until-lit fire zones indicators. When "Zones" text and number(s) are illuminated it indicates that a FIRE has been detected in thespecific zone(s). (Zone indicators are not applicable for BS Vigilon panels and Network Nodes)
(green)When illuminated it indicates that a supply to the panel is present.
(red)When illuminated it indicates that a FIRE has been detected in the protected premises.
(amber)When illuminated it indicates that the Verify button has been pressed and the alarm sounders in the system are delayed from sounding.
(amber)When illuminated it indicates that a FAULT has been detected in the fire detection and alarm system or in the audio system.
(amber)When illuminated it indicates that a fault has occurred with the system processor. It is important to investigate this fault because thefire alarm system may not be able to detect fires.
(amber)Applicable for EN Vigilon panels only. When illuminated it indicates that a part of the system has been disabled.
(amber)Applicable for BS Vigilon panels only. When illuminated it indicates part of the system has been disabled, delayed or not functioning.
Fire routing O/P
Active (red)
Applicable for EN panels only from mid 2015 onwards. When illuminated it indicates the Fire Alarm Routing Equipment is active.
Prior to mid 2015 this LED was CB253 (amber) and it operates with Command Build 253.
Fire routing O/P
Fault/Dis (amber)
Applicable for EN panels only from mid 2015 onwards. When illuminated and steady it indicates the Fire Alarm Routing Equipment isfaulty. When illuminated and flashing it indicates the Fire Alarm Routing Equipment is disabled.
Prior to mid 2015 this LED was CB254 (amber) and it operates with Command Build 254.
(amber)When illuminated it indicates the battery or mains supply to the panel has failed.
(amber)Applicable for EN Vigilon panels only. When illuminated (always with either the FAULT light or the DISABLEMENT light) it indicates thatthere is a sounder fault (flashing indication) or sounder disablement (steady indication).
(amber)Applicable for EN Vigilon panels only
When illuminated it indicates that one or more delay blocks are setup on the panel.
(amber)Applicable for EN Vigilon panels only
When illuminated it indicates one or more zones are in Test mode.
(amber)Applicable for BS Vigilon panels only
When illuminated it indicates panel is in commissioning mode.
Zones 1
Power
Fire
Verify
Fault
System Fault
Disablement
Warning
Power Fault
Sounder
Delay
Test
Commission
Controls applicable for all Vigilon panels
Controls Description
Pressing Menu On/Off will enable/disable the on screen menu facility which gives access to the system menus.
The 'Fn' buttons are used to select functions and sub-functions of the system menus which appear on the display. Each option available ata menu level has an associated function button and on pressing a function button will select the option described on the display.
The Cancel Buzzer button when pressed will stop the internal panel buzzer from sounding.
Note the local buzzer is automatically silenced when the emergency microphone is being used to announce live speech from a VigilonCompact VA panel.
Pressing the Sound Alarms button will announce 'evacuate message' and sound the evacuate alarms. This button is only pressed in anemergency or at other agreed times, for example when conducting a system test or practice evacuation.
Pressing the Silence Alarms button will stop emergency message announcements and silence the system alarms.
Pressing the Reset button will clear any fires and return the panel to the condition seen before the fire event. If a fire condition shouldreoccur immediately after a 'reset' then the indicated device should be investigated.
If the Verify facility has been set up, then pressing the 'Verify' button soon after a fire detection will increase the time delay before the alarmsounders are activated. This gives the user time to investigate the cause of the alarm and option to cancel the alarm within the delay timeperiod.
The 'U' buttons can be configured during commissioning to output user-defined actions, such as to disable devices in areas where smokemay be generated and to activate a plant shutdown, for example during a fire condition.
The function of the 'U' buttons should be written on the label that is fitted on the back of the outer door.
Note: The Vigilon 4/6 loop panels have four configurable 'U' buttons.At a Vigilon panel to operate a 'Un' key: press the 'Shift' key first then the 'Un' key.
This is pressed to acknowledge an entry of data or label text.
Commissioning instructions
20 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Co
ntr
ols
an
din
dic
ati
on
s
Menu On/Off
F1 F4to
Next
Cancel Buzzer
Sound Alarms
Silence Alarms
Reset
Verify
U1
U2
Enter
Controls applicable for Vigilon Compact (& VA) panels only:
Controls Description
These four buttons are used to scroll the displayed text.
These buttons allow data to be entered manually at the control panel.
When entering a label each press of a key will scroll the character string, for example:
key 2 will scroll A B C 2 a b c.key 1 will scroll 1 ? , . ; & * /The bottom row of keys are explained here:
The button is used to enter a SPACE between characters
The INS key allows text to move one position to the right
The DEL key allows a character to be deleted
The BKSP button will delete previous character.
When entering a range data the THRU key is used to represent a '-', for example 1 THRU 5 equals 1 - 5.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 21
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Co
ntr
ols
an
din
dic
ati
on
s
ABC DEF
GHI JKL MNO
1 2 3
4 5 6PQRS TUV WXYZ
7 8 9
0THRU BKSP
0INS DEL
Controls applicable for Vigilon Compact VA panel only - (legacy product)
(green and red)
Pressing one or more of the 10 buttons selects the local Voice Alarm Zone(s) of the localsystem to which emergency or auxiliary messages, or emergency microphone is to beannounced. The two LEDs beneath flash alternately to show the Voice Alarm Zone hasbeen selected.
On selecting the required emergency or auxiliary message only one of these LEDs changesto steady or flashing indication determined by the type of audio to be outputted to theselected Voice Alarm Zones. The left LED indicates auxiliary message selection while theright LED indicates emergency message selection.
Pressing the 'All Zones' button allows quick selection of all Voice Alarm Zonessimultaneously. The accompanying LED gives a steady indication when the button ispressed. Note all the VA Zones that have been setup in your system will give a flashingindication and those not setup will give no indications.
Pressing 'Clear Zones' button will clear selected Voice Alarm Zones, also when auxiliarymessages are being announced pressing 'Clear Zones' will silence the announcements.
(green)
(green)
When 'Speak Now' light is illuminated the system is ready to allow live speechannouncement to selected Voice Alarm Zones via the Emergency microphone.
The indicator is lit following the selection of Voice Alarm Zones and on pressing the Press toTalk (PTT) button on the Emergency microphone.
If the 'Press to Talk' button is released the 'Speak Now' indicator will flash and switch offafter 20seconds duration or immediately switch off on pressing the Clear Zone button.
(red)
When the 'VA Activated' LED is illuminated it indicates the voice announcements are beingmade or emergency microphone is in use for speech announcement to Voice Alarms Zones.
When illuminated the system is announcing auxiliary message n to the selected Voice AlarmZones.
The indicator is lit following the selection of Voice Alarm Zone(s) and on pressing therequired Auxiliary message button.
When illuminated the system is announcing emergency message n to the selected VoiceAlarm Zones.
The indicator is steady or flashing determined by the type of emergency message beingannounced to Voice Alarm Zones.
Commissioning instructions
22 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Co
ntr
ols
an
din
dic
ati
on
sC
on
tro
lsan
din
dic
ati
on
sC
on
tro
lsan
din
dic
ati
on
s
n
All Zones
(Green)
Clear Zones
Speak Now
Speak Now
VA Activated
Auxiliary messages
n
(green)
Emergency messages
n
(Red)
All Zones Clear Zones
Voice Alarm Zones
Speak Now
Auxiliary messages Emergency messages
1 42 3 5
6 97 8 10
1
2
3
1
2
3
ALERT
BOMB
EVACUATE
TEST START
STAND DOWN
TEST END
VA Activated
Co
ntr
ols
an
din
dic
ati
on
sC
on
tro
lsan
din
dic
ati
on
s
Vigilon 4/6 loop PanelsThese procedures assume the respective 1st fix assembly of the Vigilon 4 loop (VIG1-24) / 6 loop(VIG1-72) panel is already installed. The 1st fix backbox assembly may be surface or flushmounted.
� The second fix parts must now be installed before powering up the control panel.
Second fix parts
� Check that you have the second fix parts, which are supplied with the panel:
Parts
EN Vigilon 4 loopControl panel
(VIG1-24)
EN Vigilon 6 loopControl panel
(VIG1-72)
Inner door assembly 1 1
Battery Pack (2 x 12V 21Ah) 1 2
Battery box 1
Outer door assembly 1 1
Main Control Card 1 1
Loop card 1(Option of
up to 4 maximum)
1(option of
up to 6 maximum)
Spares pack (see installationmanual for pack content) 1pack 1pack
Remove the protective covers
� Remove the cardboard protection cover fitted over the PSU. The cover is held in by aretaining clip.
� Remove the transparent protection cover fitted over the backplane held together by anelastic band.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 23
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
Earth toinner door
Hingepoints forinner andouter doors
PSU
Hingepoints forinner andouter doors
Cardboard coverover PSU
Cables of external circuitsMains cable
Printer 0V
Transparentcover overbackplane
Card guides
Fitting the inner door
� Locate the hinge pins on the inner door assembly into the two hinge pin holes� on the backbox outer face.
� Fit the earth lead from the backbox to the inner door spade connector�.
� Fit together the two blue connectors of the printer 0V leads�, the leads are located at the inner door and backbox intersection.
Commissioning instructions
24 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
Earth toinner door
Cables of external circuits
Printer 0V
Transparentcover overbackplane
WARNINGREMOVAL OF COVER
EXPOSES HIGH VH VOLTAGES
Transit position ofprinter paper rolland holder pin heldtogether with an elasticband
Hinge point
Paper rollholder bracket
Connector forprinter 0V
Earth spadefor connection frombackbox
Inner door
Preformed ribboncables held togetherunder masking tapeto be fitted duringcommissioning
Card guide
Danger
Masking tape
BACKBOX (Part view)
Backbox
Innerdoor
locatingthe hinge pin
Printer paper roll
�The printer paper roll is secured with an elastic band to the card guide on the inner door.
� Remove the paper roll from the card guide and install paper into the printer mechanism. Ensure the paper roll enters the printer mechanism as shown.
�On the outside of the inner door there is a paper feed knob, DO NOT turn the knob in an upward direction as this may damage the integral printer.
� Upon completion of all commissioning work a new paper roll should be fitted.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 25
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
Fold paper end thus
before attempting to
feed it through printer
Printer
mechanism
Door Paper
roll
Paper
feed knob
Setting the DKC card
The links, pot and switch on the DKC are factory configured as shown below.
Control buttons
�The emergency control buttons must always be left in an enabled state, with the 'controlbuttons' link fitted.
There is no indication given at the panel when the link is set for inactive controls.
Display Contrast
� The display contrast is set using the Pot RV1 on the DAC, which is factory adjustedfor optimum contrast. You can also adjust the contrast using the menu option under[Test/Eng], see Appendix A menu maps.
� The contrast adjustment function using the menu options may not beapplicable for some older build of panels.
Domain Address and baud rate settingsTypically the Baud rate set using these switches should be the same as the setting made using the[TestEng] menu. The baud rate set must be backed up to the NVM. Where a baud rate value thatcan only be achieved by [Test/Eng] menu, this must be set using the menu and backed up to NVM.
Baud Rate Domain address
1 2 Baud 3 4 5 6 7 8 Address
Off Off 1200 Off Off Off Off Off Off 64
Off On 2400 Off Off Off Off Off On 1
On Off 9600 Off Off Off Off On Off 2
On On 19200 etc
On On On On On Off 62
On On On On On On 63
Factory set domain address - 1 with 19200 baud (see SHADED cells)
Zone indicatorsThe Zone indicators are enabled for normal operation at an EN control panel and must NOT bedisabled.
The zone indicators are not applicable on a Network node nor on a BS Control panel. On theseproducts the 'zone indicator' links are set in the 'disable' position.
Commissioning instructions
26 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
DKC ASSEMBLY
WARNINGREMOVAL OF COVER
EXPOSES HIGH VH VOLTAGES
Inner door assembly
Danger
RV1
Sound Alarms
Silence Alarms
Reset
Verify
Control buttons
Inner door
1 2 3 417 18 19 20
Zones
With Zoneindicators(EN)
Display andkeyboard Card (DKC)
Without Zoneindicators(BS) panel orNetwork node
P6
P1
Buttonsenabled
Buttonsdisabled
Factory settingis with link fitted
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ON
SW1
RV1
LCD Contrast adjust
OFF
Clockwise -Darker
Anti-Clockwise -Lighter
Link is NOT USEDleave link fitted.It is for special usewith keyswitchapplication
Card installation
� When installing cards into the backplane always use anti-static workprocedures. DO NOT use anti-static procedures on live equipment.
� An IO Card is not required for connection to DKC and neither is it required toconnect to the Commissioning tool. The DKC now connects directly to the MCC card. TheCommissioning tool connects directly to the USB port on the MCC.
The two ribbon cables held together under a masking tape on the DKC assembly must be routedinto the backbox to connect to the Main Controller Card.
� Ensure the two ribbon cables from DKC are secured under a clamp on thebackplane. Fit the Main Controller Card (MCC) into the backplane before the ribboncables are connected to the MCC.
� Always ensure the panel is completely powered down before removalor fitting of cards into the backplane. Power down the battery supply before themains supply. The power up should be done in reverse order.
� Ensure all the cards are installed in their correct location into the backplane and arefirmly seated into their respective slots.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 27
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
Master Controller Card (MCC)to be fitted to socketP1 CARD 0 on backplane
Secure the two ribboncables (at the fold) under the clamplocated on the backplane40 way ribbon
20 way ribbon
Card guides
Backplane
Main Controller Card
(SUPPLIED)
Network or IO Card (Optional)
Loop Processor Card (SUPPLIED)
or RS232
Loop Processor Card or RS232
(Option)
Loop Processor Card or RS232
(Option)
Loop Processor Card or RS232
(Option)
Fibre Network or RS232 or
Loop Card#
Network or RS232 or
Loop Card#
# for VIG1-72 only
P1 CARD 0
P2 CARD15
P3 CARD 1
P4 CARD 2
P5 CARD 3
P6 CARD 4
P7 CARD 5
P8 CARD 6
Backplane
Use the USB port onthe MCC to connect tothe Commissioning tool.
Terminals on Terminal Card
Commissioning instructions
28 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
P2L N
PSU board (located behind thecardboard cover)
PB1
PB2
Backplane
NETWORK CARD IN SLOT P80V1 +VE1 -VE1 0V2 N/C +VE2 -VE2 N/C
LOOP CARD IN SLOT P8 (Loop 6)L1 0V L2 0V
IO CARD IN SLOT P8A 5V B 0V CTS Rx RTS TX
IO (RS232) CARD IN SLOT P7N/C 0V CTS RX RTS TX
LOOP CARD IN SLOT P7 (Loop 5)L1 0V L2 0V
LOOP 4L1 0V L2 0V
LOOP 3L1 0V L2 0V
LOOP 2L1 0V L2 0V
LOOP 1L1 0V L2 0V
RS485A 5V B 0V
RS232Tx CTS Rx RTS (WITH IO CARD IN SLOT P2 OF BACKPLANE)
P4
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-Master alarm
P5
Clean CNC C NO
P6
Auxiliary Relay 1NC C NO NC C NO
P7
Auxiliary Relay 2NC C NO NC C NO
P8RS232 0V
0V 0V 0V 0V
P12
Terminal card
Quick release terminals
P2 P3
0V1 +VE1 -VE1 0V2 N/C N/C +VE2 -VE2 (WITH NETWORK CARD IN SLOT P2 OF BACKPLANE)
CTS RX RTS TX
CARD 4RS232
CTS RX RTS TX
CARD 3RS232
CTS RX RTS TX
CARD 2RS232
CTS RX RTS TX
CARD 1RS232
Terminals for Network node
These RS232 terminalsare for use with the RS232wiring associated with IOCfitted in Card slots 1 to 4.
0V
Terminals for Control panel
Terminals for Control panel andNetwork node
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 29
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
Pre power-up checks
� The mains cable is the only external cable that is required to be connected at this initial stage.Other external circuit cables are left disconnected, but are connected and tested later, theyinclude:
• all loop circuits
• clean contacts
• auxiliary circuits
• master alarm circuits, has the end-of-line resistors (22K Ohm) fitted to the terminals on theterminal card to inhibit a master alarm circuit fault indication.
• and RS232/RS485
� A networked system is commissioned after all the individual standalone systems are fullycommissioned.
� Ensure all cards are securely fitted into their appropriate slots on the backplane.
� Ensure all ribbon cables are securely fitted into their respective sockets.
Mains supply wiring
�1. The fire alarm system products are NOT designed to be powered from
IT Power systems.
2. All mains powered equipment must be earthed.
Ensure the mains supply cable enters the equipment via a dedicated cable entry point, which is locatedadjacent to the mains terminal block and is also segregated from other loop wiring.
� Mains supply to any fire alarm control and indicating equipment must be via an unswitched 5Afused spur unit. A disconnect device must be provided to disconnect both poles and must have aminimum gap of 3mm. The 'disconnect device' should be available as part of the buildinginstallation and must be easily accessible after installation is complete.
� The fused spur isolator unit cover should be marked:
FIRE ALARM - DO NOT SWITCH OFF
� The Mains power is switched on after battery is installed and connected.
� Hazardous voltage remains after operation of a protectionfuse. Take appropriate action to guard against the risk of equipmenthaving exposed live mains supply.
P2L N
PSU PCB
The mains cable must be strippedback to the length shown to allowlive and neutral wires to be woundthrough the ferrite core.
Dedicated mains supplyfrom consumer unit
5A Unswitchedfused spur unit
max. 230V ac
Panel
must be sleeved
Use cable ties(supplied)
ferritecore
(supplied)
45
mm
35
mm
Gland
27
0m
m
50
mm
5mm
mainscable
Battery installation
� The panel makes use of sealed lead acid type batteries which can have auseful life of 5 years or more from the date of manufacture. It is strongly recommendedthat batteries are replaced after 4 years of use. All batteries must be disposed of as perrecommendation made by battery manufacturer.
� Always use the recommended replacement battery. As there is a risk ofan explosion if incorrect batteries are used.
VIG1-24 panel battery installation
VIG1-72 panel battery installation
Commissioning instructions
30 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
It is recommended that the mains supply to the panelis switched during battery installation.Off
Fit the bolt, spade connector, washer, spring washer toeach battery terminal, as shown.
Insert the battery on the right into the back box.
Fit the ‘White’ link lead to outer + and - spade connectorson the two batteries, as shown.
Fit the battery lead assembly (red & black) to theremaining + and - spade connectors on the twobatteries, observe polarity.
Insert the battery on the left into the back box.
Plug the plug on the battery lead to connector P20 locatedon the bottom left of power supply PCB.
The panel will only power up after the mains supplyis switched On.
P20
BT
+B
T-
It is recommended that the mains supply to the panelis switched during battery installation.Off
Fit the bolt, spade connector, washer, spring washer toeach battery terminal, as shown.
Insert the battery on the right into the back box.
Fit the ‘White’ link lead to outer + and - spade connectorson the two batteries, as shown.
Fit the battery lead assembly (red & black) to theremaining + and - spade connectors on the twobatteries, observe polarity.
Insert the battery on the left into the back box.
Plug the plug on the battery lead to connector P20 locatedon the bottom left of power supply PCB.
The panel will only power up after the mains supplyis switched On.
Red Black
White
BlackRed
TH-TH+
BT2-BT2+BT1+
P4 P3
P2P1
P6
TH1
BT1-
TH-TH+
BT2-BT2+BT1+
P4 P3
P2P1
P6
TH1
BT1-
In-line fuse rated 10A QB ceramic 20mm x 5mm
8 - 12V 21Ah batteries
Battery Box
A
B
Lowershelf
A
B
Uppershelf
4 - 12V 21Ah batteries
Battery Box
Uppershelf
B
A
Lowershelf
The panel will only power up after the mains supplyis switched .On
Route the battery red/black lead through hole in the shelfof the battery box and fit the connector end of the leadto the PCB, located on the top right side.
Place two more batteries 'B' onto the lower shelf and
repeat procedures to .� �
Where required, add further four batteries onto the
upper shelf, use procedures to . The onlyexception is that the red/black lead is directly connectedto the respective upper connectors on the PCB.
� �
Red
White.
Black
It is recommended that the mains supply is switchedduring battery installation.Off
Fit the bolt, spade connector, washer and springwasher to each battery terminal as shown above.
Place the two batteries on the lower shelf and lay themhorizontally with terminals facing outwards.
Fit the white link lead and then fit the red/blackfused lead to the battery terminals, as shown above.
White.
Red Black
Raise the two batteries to an upright positionand push them back into the enclosure.
Ensure the batteries are held in place while theyare being wired. Ensure the battery terminalsdo not come into contact with the metal enclosure.
BlackRed
PSU LED indications Write protect link on backplane
The backplane assembly is fitted inside the left side of the backbox.
The backplane has the card slots to facilitate interconnection of plug-in cards, such as the MainController Card (MCC), Loop Processor Cards, IO Cards and Network Cards.
The backplane also has the flash memory(NVM) which is under the control of MCC andis a shared memory to which the systemconfiguration data is saved.
The link header on the backplane markedLK1 provides 'write' protection and will stopthe SAVE and BACKUP commands from thepanel controls modifying the memory.
Once the system is fully commissioned thelink LK1 should be configured to 'writeprotected', this is important on sites wherecustomers require compliance to the EN54Part 2 standard.
The NVM should always hold the completesystem back up.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 31
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
LD
1L
D2
LD
3L
D4
LD
5P
7P
11
Indicatescommunicatingwith MCC
Ribbon cableto Terminal Card
connector P10
Ribbon cable toBackplane
connector P12
Spade connectorfor 0V lead to printer
P5
LD1LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5
Indicates Thermistor is O/C orS/C or 43V boost test has failed.
RAM write/readtest failed
ROM checksum error
EEPROM checksum error
EEPROM stuck inbusy mode
EEPROM reinitialised
EEPROM read doesnot match RAM copy
The above LEDs flash 1s on and 1s off.
When a LED is ON it indicates an error.For more than one error the LEDs will flash in sequence.
PSU
ERROR
Steady indication
Flashing indication
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
Backplane
Protected- write protected
LK1
Unprotected- not write protected
(factory setting)
Commissioning instructions
32 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
Fire Routing LEDs (Post Mid 2015)
The Fire Alarm Routing Equipment FARE red LED workswith FARE Interface configured to operate as a FAREdevice. The FARE LEDs illuminate to indicate status ofFARE.
Command Build LEDs CB253 and CB254 (Pre Mid 2015)
The switching of the amber LEDs CB253 or CB254 occurs from a trigger of Command builds 253 or 254. The switching action must beconfigured during commissioning.
Example
This example shows how to configure the panel such that by activating an interface input (can be a push button switch), it will cause thepanel LED - CB254 and Master alarms to switch On. If the interface input is released then the panel LED - CB254 and Master alarms willswitch Off.
The following procedures assume a password entry is not required.# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
Configure Command build trigger:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] -> [Usercode]# , momentarily press <etc> to select [SetUp] and [Build], type in thecommand build number 254, select [Trigger] and [IO line], type in the interface input channel number, select [Device], type in the interfacedevice number, select [Loop], type in the loop number and then select [Enter]. The command build 254 is now configured to be triggered bythe interface input.
Configure Command build label:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] -> [Usercode]#, momentarily press <etc> to select [SetUp] and [Build], type in thecommand build number 254, select [Label] and type in a label of up to 40 characters in length, select [Display] to display the label on thepanel when the command build 254 is triggered.
Configure Command build action:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] -> [Usercode]#, momentarily press <etc> to select [SetUp] and [Build], type in thecommand build number 254, select [Action] and [Start MA], [Enter], [Reversbl] and [Enter].
Fire
Power
CB253
Sounder
Pre mid 2015
Verify
CB254
Not on BSpanels
Not on BSpanels
Fire
Power
Sounder
Verify
Active
Fault/Dis
Fire Routing O/P
Post mid 2015
How to configure the 'U' buttons
The U1, U2, U3 and U4 buttons are active at access level 2, that is the buttons are accessible byopening the panel outer door.
To operate a 'U' button first press the 'Shift' key and then the respective 'U' button. Each 'U' buttonis linked with a command build:
� U1 button will trigger command build number 251
� U2 button will trigger command build number 252
� U3 button will trigger command build number 253
� U4 button will trigger command build number 254
During commissioning the required command build action must be configured.
Example
This example shows how to configure the U1 button such that pressing it will start the master alarmsounders and pressing 'U1' button again or pressing the Silence alarm button will stop thesounders.
The following procedures assume a password entry is not required.
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] -> [Usercode]# , momentarily press <etc> toselect [SetUp] -> [Build] and type in the command build number 251, select [Action] -> [StartMA] -> [Enter] -> [Reversbl] -> [Enter]. The U1 button is now configured to start the master alarmsounders.
Factory settings
An EN Vigilon 4/6 loop control panel has the following factory settings:
System configuration
� All devices are assigned to Sector 1
� All devices are assigned to Zone 1
Port settings
� P3 - USB (on MCC)
Options:P0 - RS232 - (Terminal card - terminals P4) when an optional IOC is fitted in slot P2 of backplaneP1 - RS485 - (Terminal card - terminals P4) when an optional IOC is fitted in slot P2 of backplane
Addresses
� Domain address - 1 for EN panel and 0 for BS Panel
� Panel (Node) address - 1
NVM protect
� Software 'write' allowed (NVM protect - disabled)
� Hardware 'write' allowed (NVM protect -disabled)
How to fit the outer door
To fit the outer door you will first need to close the inner door and secure it to the backbox using thetwo fasteners located on the right edge of the inner door.
Fit the Outer door to the enclosure by hooking it onto the side hinge pins. The outer door may besecured to the backbox using the key lock.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 33
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
0+
:
,
-
;
.
)
P
U1
U2
U3
U4
Fire
Insert
Delete
Space
Enter
;
Part of the Keyboard
Vigilon Compact PanelThe following procedures assume the fire alarm control panel is installed, with cables terminated at the backbox and with the inner and outer doors fitted. Also the protective cover fitted over the Mastercontrol board (MCB) inside in the backbox has been removed.
� Connect the flying earth lead� from the back box to the inner door spade connector.
� If not already done remove the protective cover� fitted over the Master control board inside in the backbox.
� Connect the ribbon cable� from the Display KEYBOARD (DKC) to the socket marked 'KEYBOARD' on the Master control board. Secure the ribbon cable to the side of theenclosure using the cable clamp provided.
Commissioning instructions
34 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
ESD EarthBonding point
Inner door
Cardboard cover protectingthe Master Control Boardand Loop Card
Plastic coverprotecting PSU
REMOVAL OF COVEREXPOSES HIGH VOLTAGE
WARNING
Earth lead fromback box to inner door
Cover to protect theDisplay and keyboard PCB
Warningremovalof coverexposeslive parts
Batterybracket
Back box
Ribbon cableand clamp
MAINSSUPPLYLOOP 1
END 1
LOOP 1END 2
Masteralarms 1
Masteralarms 2
NET 1END 2
NET 1END 1
Cards and internal cables of the panel
Battery
The lithium battery� is disconnected on leaving the factory by means of an insulation disk overthe top connector. The insulation disk must be removed before powering up the system.
Set the Rotary switch SW2This switch is set to the required position for the panel build on leaving thefactory. Before installing the Loop cards and Network card onto the Master
control board MCB ensure the switch� SW2 is set to a required setting ifthe panel is to be installed in an existing system, see table on the next page.
NVM hardware link P13
The NVM can be enabled or disabled by setting the hardware link� on theMCB. If the NVM protect is hardware disabled then it is also possible tosoftware enable or disable the NVM using the [Protect] option under the[Setup] menu at the panel.
Unprotect: Normally during commissioning the NVM is disabled(unprotected) and writing to NVM is allowed.
Protect: Once the configuration is backed up to the NVM the hardware linkmust be in the enabled position to disallow writing to the NVM.
Installing the Cards
The MCB can accommodate two Loop Cards. One Loop card� can be
fitted into the slot labelled CARD1 and the other Loop card� into the slotlabelled CARD2.
� A networkable system has a Network Card� fitted intothe slot CARD 2 on the MCB and additionally the Network Card canaccommodate the second Loop card.
Earth Link
The earth link lead� is supplied with the Network Card. This link leadmust be fitted to the spade connector on the top edge of MCB with the otherend to the spade connector on the Network Card.
Terminals
The terminal blocks� on the top edge of the MCB are used for wiring
external circuits. The terminal block on the top edge of the PSU is used
for wiring the mains supply to the panel. The connector located on thebottom edge of the PSU board is used to connect the battery supply.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 35
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
WARNINGREMOVAL OF COVER
EXPOSES HIGH VOLTAGE
KEYBOARD INDICATORS AND DISPLAY
L2-0V L2+ L1-0V
PB1A PB1B
P2
PP2
Network Card
Loop Card 2
P13
P13SW1RESET
SW2MODE
NVM Protect - [Disabled]
NVM Protect - [Enabled]
BATT3
PB15 PB6 PB9
P2 CARD 1
IC3K
EY
BO
AR
DIC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA2 - FS2 250mA
MA1 - FS1 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16P1
3
SW1RESET
24V B A0V TX1RX1 0V
PB8
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-0V MIPNC C NO
FIRMWARE BACKUP
PB10 PB7
L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
TX2 RX2
PB14
L1 0V L2 0V NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11
Master ControlBoard (MCB)
Power Supply Unit(PSU)
P2
P1
N E L
FS3 3.15A(T)Mains fuse
P3
DANGER
FS61A TE5
43V FS4 - 1A TE524V
P7BAT1
FS1 - 3.15A TE5Bat 1Removeinsulation disk
LN
WarningRemoval of
cover exposeslive parts
DANGER
SW2MODE
Loop Card 1
L1+
BATT3
Remove Sleeve
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
Installing a replacement MCB in an older Vigilon Compact panel
These instructions cover how to fit a replacement Master Control Board (VCS-MCB-N) into a COMPACT-24-N(networkable) or COMPACT-24 (non networkable) Vigilon Compact panel.
�- When a network card is fitted onto the MCB, ensure a spade tab (supplied) is fitted under
the PCB fixing screw at position�.- Also ensure the bottom PCB fixing screw� is tightened to give good electrical connection.
How to replace the MCBThere are in existence four variants of Vigilon Compact panels in the field. Here are the steps to replace an MCBfitted in a Vigilon Compact panel.
Save Configuration to Commissioning tool
� If the panel is functioning correctly then before powering down ensure the system configuration isretrieved using the commissioning tool.
Power down
� Completely power down the panel by isolating the mains and battery supply and then remove theribbon cable connectors from the MCB.
Remove the cards
� Remove the Loop card(s) and Network card# from the MCB and thenremove the MCB from the panel. (# - where applicable)
Select the firmware part number and set the rotary switch
� Make a note of the firmware number on the chip in socket IC3 of theMCB being replaced. Determine the applicable switch settingrequired from the table below and set the rotary switch on thereplacement MCB.
The firmware in socketIC3 of MCB beingreplaced
Applicable setting of switchSW2 on replacement MCB
2211-148 0
2211-146 1
2211-136 2
2211-127 3
Re-fit the cards
� Fit the replacement MCB into the panel and reconnect the ribboncables, and then fit the previously removed Network and Loop cards.
� An earth lead must be fitted between the spade tabs� on MCB andNetwork card.
Configuration
� Using a chip extractor extract the back up 'Configuration' chip fittedin socket IC16 (NVM) of the MCB being replaced and fit this chipinto the replacement MCB.
� Where the Configuration chip is known to be corrupt oris incompatible then DO NOT fit the chip into the replacementMCB. Instead transmit the saved configuration from thecommissioning tool to the replacement MCB. The transmissionmust take place after panel power up. After transmitting theconfiguration to the panel 'back up' the data to NVM on Card 14.
Power up
� Power up the mains and battery supplies to the panel.
Commissioning instructions
36 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
BATT3
PB15 PB6 PB9
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA2 - FS2 250mA
MA1 - FS1 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16P13
SW1RESET
24V B A0V TX1RX1 0V
PB8
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-0V MIPNC C NO
FIRMWARE BACKUP
PB10 PB7
L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
TX2 RX2
PB14
L1 0V L2 0V NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11
Replacement Master Control Board (MCB)- networkable
SW2MODE
OLD Master Control Board (MCB)- non networkable
P15 P10 P11 P9 P8
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
PR
INT
ER
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA1 - FS1 250mA
MA2 - FS2 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16
P13SW1
CODE BCKUP
P7P6
24V
FS3 200mA
P14
BATT1
Insulation Disk
Terminals on the Master Control Board (MCB) Descriptions of MCB terminals
Terminals Description
24V, 0V, B and A These terminals accept the connection of a repeat indicatorpanel (Port 0). Also the power terminals may be used on aNetwork node to supply BACnet Gateway.
NC, C and NOAux 1- 2-sets
Aux 2 - 1set
These are auxiliary relay contacts. The auxiliary relay 1 isnormally de-energised and operates with any fire event. Theauxiliary relay 2 is normally energised and operates(de-energises) with any fault event.
0V, TX, A, RXand B
These are terminals for RS232 or RS485 (Port 1 or 2respectively).
L1, 0V, L2, 0V(Loop 1 andLoop 2)
These terminals accept the connection of system devices ona loop circuit that starts at L1 and ends at L2. Devices thatare connected to the loop circuit include addressable firesensor/sounders, manual call points, interface units andrepeat/mimic panels.
MA1+, MA1-,MA2+ and MA2-
These terminals can accept two master alarm circuits thatcan operate 24V conventional alarm devices.
0V and MIP These are monitored input terminals that can accept theconnection of a switch. An active input will trigger Commandbuild 250.
NC, C and NO(clean contact)
These are voltage free relay contacts (output) that operatewith a fire event.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 37
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
PB15REPEATINDICATORRS-485
24V B A0V
Master Control Board
PB8MASTER ALARMS
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-
PB9MONITORED INPUTand CLEAN CONTACTS
0V MIPNC C NO
PB10AUXILIARY RELAY 1
PB7LOOP 1
L1 0V L2 0V
PB14LOOP 2
L1 0V L2 0V
NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11AUXILIARY RELAY 2
PB6RS-232
TX1RX1 0V TX2 RX2
BATT3
PB15 PB6 PB9
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA2 - FS2 250mA
MA1 - FS1 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16P1
3
SW1RESET
24V B A0V TX1RX1 0V
PB8
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-0V MIPNC C NO
FIRMWARE BACKUP
PB10 PB7
L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
TX2 RX2
PB14
L1 0V L2 0V NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11
SW2MODE
Settings on the DKC
The links and pot on the DKC are factory configured as shown below.
Control buttons
�The emergency control buttons MUST always be left in an enabled state, with the'control buttons' link fitted.
There is no indication given at the panel when the links are set for inactivecontrols.
Display Contrast
� The display contrast is set using the Pot RV1 on the DKC, which is factory adjustedfor optimum contrast. You can also adjust the contrast using the menu option under[Test/Eng].
� The contrast adjustment function using the menu options may not beapplicable for some older build of panels.
Address and baud rate
� The node and domain addresses can be changed from the factory settings toa required address using the panel [Test/Eng] menus.
Zone indicatorsThe Zone indicators are enabled for normal operation at the control panel and must NOT bedisabled.
The Zone indicators are not applicable for a Network node or BS panel so the zone indicator linksare set in the disabled position.
Commissioning instructions
38 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
RV1
Sound Alarms
Silence Alarms
Reset
Verify
Control buttons
Inner door
1 2 3 417 18 19 20
Zones
With Zoneindicators(EN)
Display andkeyboard Card (DKC)
Without ZoneindicatorsNetwork node
P6
P1
Buttonsenabled
Buttonsdisabled
Factory settingis with link fitted
RV1
LCD Contrast adjust
Clockwise -Darker
Anti-Clockwise -Lighter
This link is usedfor keyswich applicationonly. Leave link fitted.
Pre Power up checks
� The mains cable is the only cable required to beconnected, with other external cables leftdisconnected at this stage of commissioning:
• loop circuits
• clean contacts
• auxiliary circuits
• master alarms (the 10K Ohm end-of-line resistorfitted to inhibit a fault indication).
• Monitored input (the 10K Ohm end-of-lineresistor is fitted to inhibit fault indication).
� Ensure the mains cable to the panel issecurely connected to the mains terminal blockon the Power supply unit (PSU).
� Ensure all cards are securely fitted into theirappropriate slots on the MCB.
� Ensure all ribbon cables are securely fitted into theirrespective sockets.
Battery Installation
� Remove the battery support bracket from the backbox.
� Fit the battery lead to the PSU.
� Fit the batteries in their correct orientation inside the backbox, see illustration.
� Refit the battery bracket to secure the batteries in place.
� The panel makes use of sealed lead acid type batteries which can have a useful life of 5 years or more from thedate of manufacture. It is strongly recommended that batteries are replaced after 4 years of use. All batteries must be disposed
of as per recommendation made by the battery manufacturer and in accordance with local regulations.
� Always use the recommended replacement battery, as there is a risk of an explosion if incorrectbatteries are used.
� Connect the battery leads as shown but leave the final circuit connection until after the Mains supply is switched On.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 39
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
Black Red
Black
2 - 12V 12Ah battery
P3
43VFS61A
24
VF
S4
-1
A
P7BAT1
Ba
t1-
FS
1-
3.1
5A
+-
Y1 Y2 G1
PANELPSU BOARD
+
+-
-
Mains supply
� Ensure the mains supply cable enters the panel enclosure through adedicated cable entry point.
� These fire alarm system products are NOT designed to be powered from an ITPower system.
All mains powered equipment must be earthed. Mains supply to any fire alarm control andindicating equipment must be via a dedicated unswitched 5A fused spur unit, which should beclearly labelled FIRE ALARM - DO NOT SWITCH OFF.
A 'disconnect device' must be provided to disconnect both poles and must have a minimum gap of3mm. The device should be available as part of the building installation and must be easilyaccessible after installation is complete.
� Hazardous voltage remains after operation of a protection fuse. Takeappropriate action to guard against the risk of equipment having exposed livemains supply.
PSU Indicators
Description Y1(yellow LED)
Y2(yellow LED)
G1
(green LED)
Normal condition(no faults in the system)
fast flash
Mains out of limit slow flash
24VDC failure only fast flash fast flash
Battery 1 failure only slow flash fast flash
Battery 1 and 24VDC failure slow flash fast flash
43VDC failure only fast flash fast flash
No power to PSU
Earth fault only On On On
�On initial power-up all three PSU LEDs will switch ON for approximately1 second.
Commissioning instructions
40 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
P3
43VFS61A
24
VF
S4
-1
A
P7BAT1
Ba
t1-
FS
1-
3.1
5A
+-
Y1 Y2 G1
PSU BOARD
Y1 Y2 G1
PANEL
Dedicated mains supplyfrom consumer unit
5A Unswitched fusedspur unit
P2N E L
FS3 3.15A(T)Mains fuse
DANGER
230V ac
PSU EEPROM linkEnsure a shorting link is fitted to the programming header P1 located on the PSU. The link must befitted such that it shorts pins 1 and 2. This enables the EEPROM hardware write protect.
�The link is supplied fitted on the PSU board manufactured after September 2007.
How to configure the monitored input
The monitored input at the fire panel is activated by an external switch installed a maximum of100m cable distance away from the fire panel. The input is monitored for both short and opencircuit faults. When the input is active it triggers the command build number 250 of the fire panel.
Example
The following example shows how to configure the monitored input at the panel to provide anoutput sound signal 1 alarm in sector 2 of loop 1 as a reversible action. This means on operating or"closing" the monitored input the panel will start alarms in sector 1 and on releasing or "opening"the monitored input the panel will stop all the alarms from sounding.
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
The following procedures assume a password entry is not required.
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] -> [Usercode]#, momentarily press <etc> to select[SetUp] -> [Build] and type in the command build number 250, select [Action] -> [UserCode],momentarily press <etc> to select [Sector], type in 2 for sector 2 and select [Loop] and type in 1for Loop 1 -> [Action] -> [Signal 1] -> [Enter] -> [reversb] -> [Enter].
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 41
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
P8
0V MIP
PANEL
2 - 10K Ohms -resistors must befitted as shown.
MASTER CONTROLBOARD
Normally open contacts
An active input will triggerthe command build No 250
The command build actionis configured during commissioning.
Monitored Input
These contacts can be a push buttonswitch, fire/fault relay contacts fromanother panel or contacts from a timer.
P3
43VFS61A
24
VF
S4
-1
A
P7BAT1
Ba
t1-
FS
1-
3.1
5A
+-
Y1 Y2 G1
PSU BOARD(part view)
P1
Ensure a linkis fitted accrosspins 1-2
Fire Routing LEDs (post mid 2015)
The Fire Alarm Routing Equipment FARE red LED work with FARE Interfaceconfigured to operate as a FARE device. The FARE LEDs illuminate to indicate thestatus of FARE.
How to configure the LEDs CB253 and CB254 (pre mid 2015)
The switching of the amber LEDs CB253 and CB254 is controlled byaction of command builds 253 and 254 respectively. The switching actionmust be configured during commissioning.
Example
This example shows how to configure the panel such that by activating aninterface input (can be a push button switch on the input), it will cause thepanel LED - CB253 and Master alarms to switch On. If the interface inputswitch is released then the panel LED - CB253 and Master alarms willswitch Off.
The following procedures assume a password entry is not required.# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
Configure the Command build trigger:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] -> [Usercode]#, momentarily press <etc> to select [SetUp] ->[Build] and type in the command build number 253, select [Trigger] -> [IO line] and type in the interface inputchannel number, select [Device] and type in the interface device number, select [Loop] and type in the loopnumber -> [Enter]. The command build 253 is now configured to be triggered by the interface input.
Configure the Command build label:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] -> [Usercode]#, momentarily press <etc> to select [SetUp] ->[Build] and type in the command build number 253, select [Label] and enter a label of up to 40 characters inlength, select either [Display] to display the label on the panel when the command build 253 is triggered.
Configure the Command build action:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] -> [Usercode]#, momentarily press <etc> to select [SetUp] ->[Build] and type in the command build number 253, select [Action] -> [Start MA] -> [Enter] -> [Reversbl] and[Enter].
Commissioning instructions
42 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
Power
CB253
CB254
Sounder
Pre mid 2015
Power
Sounder
Active
Fault/Dis
Fire Routing O/P
Post mid 2015
How to configure the U1 and U2 buttons
� The U1 and U2 buttons are accessible by opening the panel outer door.
On operating the U1 or U2 at the panel it will cause triggering of command build number 251 (forbutton U1) or command build number 252 (for button U2). During commissioning the requiredcommand build action must be configured.
Example
This example shows how to configure the U1 button such that pressing it will start the master alarmsounders releasing the U1 button will stop the sounders. Additionally the sounders can be stoppedby pressing the Silence alarm button on the panel.
The following procedures assume a password entry is not required.
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] -> [Usercode]# , momentarily press <etc> toselect [SetUp] -> [Build] and type in the command build number 251, select [Action] -> [StartMA] -> [Enter] -> [Reversbl] -> [Enter]. The U1 button is now configured to start the master alarmsounders.
External printer
An external printer (part number PRINTER-HAND) may be connected to the control panel duringcommissioning. It is essential that the printer is connected to the RS232 - Port 1.
The panel's baud rate for Port 1 is factory set to 1200, and the factory set Mode is Standard andmust be changed to Printer when a printer is connected to Port 1.
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
How to configure Port 1 mode to the printerTo configure Port 1 to the Printer mode: Press Menu On/Off button and then select [Test/Eng]->[Usercode]#, select <etc> and then select [Config]. Momentarily press <etc> to select [Comms].Then select [Card] and enter 0 on choosing the master control card. Then enter 1 to select Port 1.Select [Mode] and using the [Previous] and [Next] buttons scroll to Printer and select by the[Enter] option.
To switch ON the printerIf the printer is not working and is switched Off then you can switch it On. To switch On the printer:Press Menu On/Off button and then select [Control] -> [UserCode]# and select [Printer] andthen select [On] and [Enter].
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 43
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
PANEL
MASTER CONTROLBOARD
Terminal PB6 - PORT 1 of Master Control Board(Card 0)
PORT 1 is configured for RS232 Communication.
The PORT 1 mode must be set to modeand the baud rate may be adjusted
if required during commissioning.Ensure panel and printer baud rate are set to
the same value.
Printer
Download lead - 77821-01NM
GN
DG
ND
TxRx
Rx
Tx
Hand held printer
9-way D-type
connector
PB6 RS-232
TX1RX1 0V TX2 RX2
U1
U2
Factory settings
An EN Vigilon Compact Control panel has the following factory settings:
System configuration
� All devices are assigned to Sector 1
� All devices are assigned to Zone 1
Port settings
� P0 - RS485, Baud: 1200, Mode: Repeat
� P1 - RS232, Baud: 38400, Mode: Standard
� P2 - RS232, Baud: 38400, Mode: Standard
� P3 - USB
Addresses
� Domain address - 1 for EN panel
� Panel (Node) address - 1
NVM protect
� Software 'write' allowed (NVM protect - disabled)Hardware 'write' allowed (NVM protect -disabled)
Commissioning instructions
44 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
Vigilon Compact Voice Alarm Panel -(legacy product)The following procedures assume the Control panel is installed with cables terminated at thebackbox.
� Open the Outer door of the enclosure using the door key supplied and then open theinner door.
� Remove the protective cover fitted over the printed circuit boards located inside thebackbox.
� Earth Lead
Ensure the earth lead located at the top right of the backbox is connected to the spadeconnector on the inner door.
� DAC ribbon cable
Connect the 40-way ribbon cable from the DKC to the socket marked KEYBOARDon the left edge of the Master Control Board (MCB). Secure the ribbon cable to theside of the enclosure using the cable clamp provided.
� ACC DAC ribbon cable
Route the 14-way ribbon cable from the backbox on to the inner door and connect itto the left unoccupied socket on the ACC DKC. Secure the ribbon cable to the innerdoor using the cable clamp provided.
� Emergency microphone cable
Connect the Emergency microphone cable to the socket P11 labelled 'microphone' onthe bottom edge of the ACC board. Secure the microphone lead to the 'P' clip on thebackbox.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 45
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el-
(leg
acy
pro
du
ct)
Connect microphone cableto socket P11 labelled‘microphone’ on the ACCand secure cable to the P clip.
Connect the 14-wayribbon to socketACC DKC.
Secure 14-way ribbon to Inner doorusing cable clamps supplied.
Connect the 40-way ribbon to the socket labelledKEYBOARD on MCB and secure cable to the sideof the enclosure.
Fit the earth lead to the inner door
ACC
MCB
ACC DKC
PSU
Mains terminal blockwith fuse
P Clip formains cable
REMOVAL OF COVEREXPOSES HIGH VOLTAGE
WARNING
Commissioning instructions
46 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el-
(leg
acy
pro
du
ct)
Cards and internal cables of the panel
Battery
The lithium battery� is disconnected on leaving the factory by means of an insulation disk over the topconnector. The insulation disk must be removed before powering up the system.
Setting the Rotary switch SW2This switch is set to the required position for the panel build on leaving the factory. Before installing the Loop and Network cards into
the MCB ensure the rotary switch� SW2 is set to an appropriate setting if it is used as a replacement in an existing panel.
Firmware in socket IC3 of MCB Applicable setting of switch SW2 on MCB
2211-148 0
2211-146 1
2211-136 2
2211-127 3
NVM hardware link P13The NVM can be enabled or disabled by setting the hardware link
P13� on the MCB. If the NVM protect is hardware disabledthen it is possible to software enable or disable the NVM usingthe [Protect] option under the [Setup] menu at the panel.
Unprotect: Normally during commissioning the NVM is disabled(unprotected) and writing to NVM is allowed.
Protect: Once the configuration is backed up to the NVM, thehardware link must be placed in the enabled position to disallowwriting to the NVM.
Installing the Cards
The MCB can accommodate two Loop Cards. One Loop card�can be fitted into the slot labelled CARD1 and the other Loop
card� into the slot labelled CARD2.
� A networkable system has a Network Card�fitted into the slot CARD 2 on MCB and additionally theNetwork Card can accommodate the second Loop card.
Earth Link lead
An earth link lead� is supplied with the Network Card. This linkmust be fitted to the spade connector on the top edge of MCBwith the other end to the spade connector on the Network Card.
Terminals
The terminal blocks� on the top edge of the MCB are used for
wiring external fire system circuits. The terminal block on thetop edge of the PSU is used for wiring the mains supply to the
panel. The connector located on the bottom edge of the PSUboard is used to accept battery cable. The terminals on the top
edge of the ACC are used to connect to the audio circuits.
Audio Control CardControls and indicators
WARNINGREMOVAL OF COVER
EXPOSES HIGH VOLTAGE
KEYBOARD INDICATORS AND DISPLAY
L2-0V L2+ L1-0V
PB1A PB1B
P2
PP2
Network Card
Loop Card 2 P13
P13SW1RESET
SW2MODE
NVM Protect - [Disabled]
NVM Protect - [Enabled]
BATT3
PB15 PB6 PB9
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA2 - FS2 250mA
MA1 - FS1 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16P13
SW1RESET
24V B A0V TX1RX1 0V
PB8
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-0V MIPNC C NO
FIRMWARE BACKUP
PB10 PB7
L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
TX2 RX2
PB14
L1 0V L2 0V NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11
Master ControlBoard (MCB)
Removeinsulation disk
SW2MODE
Loop Card 1
L1+
Audio Control Card (ACC)
Power Supply Unit(PSU)
P2
P1
N E L
FS3 3.15A(T)Mains fuse
P3
DANGER
FS61A TE5
43V FS4 - 1A TE524V
P7BAT1
FS1 - 3.15A TE5Bat 1
LN
WarningRemoval of
cover exposeslive parts
DANGER
P6
P9
P2
P15
RAB PTT 0V
P10
PA2 PTT2 0V
P13
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIOLOOP 2
P12
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIOLOOP 1
BGMPA MIC 1L
24V
P14
P4
AUDIO LOOP 1
AUDIO 1
AUDIO 2
P1 -P3
SMTP2P9
-SMT
P4
LD1
0VPA MIC2
BGM MPG MIC PA
MICROPHONE
P11
AUDIO LOOP 2
FS2
FS1
TE
51A
0T
E5
1A
0
BATT3
Remove Sleeve
Terminals on the Audio Control Card
Descriptions of ACC terminals
Terminals Description
These terminals accept the connection of backgroundmusic, for example pre amplified output of an amplifier.
24V, B, A, PA1,PTT and 0V
These terminals accept the connection of a microphone forPA application.
PA2, PTT2 and 0V These terminals are for future use to accept the connectionof a second microphone.
O/A, O/B, I/A andI/B (for Audio loop 1and 2)
These terminals accept the audio loop circuit connections.Here the 'O' in O/A and O/B signify output, while the 'I' inI/A and I/B signify input. There are two audio loops andthese are Audio loops 1 & 2. If the second audio loop isnot being used then it must be linked out, as illustrated.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 47
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el-
(leg
acy
pro
du
ct)
P6
P9
P2
P15
RAB PTT 0V
P10
PA2 PTT2 0V
P13
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIOLOOP 2
P12
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIOLOOP 1
BGMPA MIC 1L
24V
P14
P4
AUDIO LOOP 1
AUDIO 1
AUDIO 2
P1 -P3
SMTP2P9
-SMT
P4
LD1
0VPA MIC2
BGM MPG MIC PA
MICROPHONE
P11
AUDIO LOOP 2
FS2
FS1
TE
51A
0T
E5
1A
0
AB PTT1 0V
P10
PA2 PTT2 0V
P13P12
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIO LOOP 1
PA MIC 2
PA MIC 1
P15
R
BGM
L
24V
P14
PAPA1
FOR FUTURE USE
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIO LOOP 2
Message cardwith Audio Pack
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIO LOOP
How to link out anaudio loop if it isnot being used
RL
Commissioning instructions
48 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el-
(leg
acy
pro
du
ct)
Terminals on the Master Control Board Descriptions of MCB terminals
Terminals Description
24V, 0V, B and A These terminals accept the connection of a repeat indicator panel(Port 0). The power terminals may be used on a Network node tosupply BACnet Gateway card.
NC, C and NOAux 1 - 2-sets
Aux 2 - 1-set
These are auxiliary relay contacts. The auxiliary relay 1 is factory setas a normally de-energised relay that operates with any fire event.The auxiliary relay 2 is factory set as a normally energised relay thatoperates (de-energises) with any fault event.
0V, TX, A, RX & B These are terminals for RS232 or RS485 (Ports 1 or 2 respectively).
L1, 0V, L2, 0V(Loop 1 and Loop 2)
These terminals accept the connection of system devices on a loopcircuit that starts at L1 and ends at L2. Devices that can be connectedon the loop circuit include addressable fire sensor/sounders, manualcall points, interface units repeat/mimic panels and micro and mainsdistributed amplifier units
MA1+, MA1-, MA2+and MA2-
These terminals can accept two master alarm circuits that can operate24V conventional alarm devices.
0V and MIP These are monitored input terminals that can accept the connection ofa switch. An active input will trigger Command build 250.
NC, C and NO(clean contact)
These are voltage free relay contact outputs that operate with a fireevent.
Pre power up checks
Ensure the following external circuit cables are left disconnected at this stage of commissioning:
• loop circuits
• audio circuits
• clean contacts
• auxiliary circuits
• master alarms (the 10K Ohm end-of-line resistor is fitted to inhibit a fault indication).
• monitored input (the 10K Ohm end-of-line resistor is fitted to inhibit fault indication).
� Ensure the mains cable to the panel is securely connected to the mains terminalblock on the Power supply unit (PSU).
� Ensure all cards are securely fitted into their appropriate slots on the MCB.
� Ensure all ribbon cables are securely fitted into their respective sockets.
BATT1
PB15REPEATINDICATORRS-485
24V B A0V
PB15 PB6 PB9
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA2 - FS2 250mA
MA1 - FS1 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16P1
3
SW1RESET
24V B A0V TX1RX1 0V
PB8
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-0V MIPNC C NO
FIRMWARE BACKUP Loop Card
Master Control Board
PB10 PB7
L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
TX2 RX2
PB14
L1 0V L2 0V NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11
PB8MASTER ALARMS
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-
PB9MONITORED INPUTand CLEAN CONTACTS
0V MIPNC C NO
PB10AUXILIARY RELAY 1
PB7LOOP 1
L1 0V L2 0V
PB14LOOP 2
L1 0V L2 0V
NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11AUXILIARY RELAY 2
PB6RS-232
TX1RX1 0V TX2 RX2
Battery Installation
� A battery lead supplied in the spares pack must be fitted to the Power supply board,connector P7 labelled BAT1. The next step is to install the batteries inside theenclosure, which requires removal of battery brackets from the backbox and theninstallation of the batteries in correct orientation, standing on the small side withterminals at the top facing outwards. Secure the batteries by refitting the batterybrackets.
� Switch On the mains supply to the panel and then make the connections to the battery.
� The panel makes use of sealed lead acid type batteries which can have auseful life of 5 years or more from the date of manufacture. It is strongly recommendedthat batteries are replaced after 4 years of use. All batteries must be disposed of as per
recommendation made by the battery manufacturer and in accordance with local regulations.
� Always use the recommended replacement battery, as there is a risk ofan explosion if incorrect batteries are used.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 49
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el-
(leg
acy
pro
du
ct)
Battery bracketssecured with two nuts
Battery lead connectsto PSU board P2 Bat1
Battery bracketssecured with two screws
Panel with doors openPSU
Black Red
2 - 12V 12Ah battery
P3
43VFS61A
24
VF
S4
-1
A
P7BAT1
Ba
t1-
FS
1-
3.1
5A
+-
Y1 Y2 G1
PANELPSU BOARD
- + - +
Mains supply
� Ensure the mains supply cable enters the panel through a dedicatedcable entry point.
� These fire alarm system products are NOT designed to be powered from an ITPower system.
All mains powered equipment must be earthed. Mains supply to any fire alarm control andindicating equipment must be via a dedicated unswitched 5A fused spur unit, which should beclearly labelled FIRE ALARM - DO NOT SWITCH OFF.
A disconnect device must be provided to disconnect both poles and must have a minimum gap of3mm. The 'disconnect device' should be available as part of the building installation and must beeasily accessible after installation is complete.
� Hazardous voltage remains after operation of a protection fuse. Takeappropriate action to guard against the risk of equipment having exposed livemains supply.
Audio LEDsThe Audio LEDs on the ACC card are associated with Audio Loop 1 andAudio Loop 2, to indicate when the audio is active. When the backgroundmusic, centrally stored message held on the message store card (theseinclude attention tones), emergency microphone and/or PA microphoneis active, then the respective LED is lit.
Under normal condition the MIC LED is lit, this is a 'park' position.
When the emergency microphone is used and on pressing the PTT button the attention tone willsound, so the MPG LED is lit briefly before the MIC LED is lit again for live announcements.
PSU IndicatorsAs for VIGILON Compact, see page 40.
PSU linkAs for VIGILON Compact, see page 41.
External printer
As for VIGILON Compact, see page 43.
How to configure the monitored input
As for VIGILON Compact, see page 41.
How to configure the buttons U1 and U2
As for VIGILON Compact, see page 43.
How to configure LEDs CB253 and CB254 (Legacy)
As for VIGILON Compact, see page 43.
Commissioning instructions
50 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el-
(leg
acy
pro
du
ct)
PANEL
Dedicated mains supplyfrom consumer unit
5A Unswitched fusedspur unit
P2N E L
FS3 3.15A(T)Mains fuse
DANGER
230V ac
AUDIO LOOP 1
BGM MPG MIC PA
AUDIO LOOP 2
How to check and set the audio signal
Jack socketsThere are two stereo 3.5mm jack sockets on the Audio Control Card labelled Audio 1 and Audio 2.A standard low impedance headphone may be plugged into the each jack sockets to listen to theaudios. Any audio from the panel that is outputted can be listened to using the headphone.
VU MeterThe VU (Volume Unit) meter provides an indication of the signal level of audio being sent to the twoaudio loops. For an optimum setting of audio the deflection on the VU meter must not exceed 0dB.
The noise level remains constant for all input signals. If the input signal is low as read on the VUmeter then noise level will be more noticeable.
Where an amplifier of a music system provides an adjustable pre-amplified output, the adjustmentmust be such that the heavy beat of background music does not cause the pointer on the VU meterto deflect above 0dB, ie in the red range.
The actual volume settings of background music, PA and VA to the speaker circuits are held at themicro-DAUs and Mains powered DAUs in the system. The settings of these volume levels aremade to site specific requirement using the commissioning tool.
Factory settings
An EN VIGILON Compact VA Control panel has the following factory settings:
System configuration
� All devices are assigned to Sector 1
� All devices are assigned to Zone 1
� Sector 1 is assigned to all ten Voice alarm zones
Port settings
� P0 - RS485, Baud: 1200 Mode: Repeat
� P1 - RS232, Baud: 38400, Mode: Standard
� P2 - RS232, Baud: 38400, Mode: Standard
� P3 - USB
Addresses
� Domain address - 1 for a EN panel
� Panel (Node) address - 1
NVM protect
� Software 'write' allowed (NVM protect - disabled)Hardware 'write' allowed (NVM protect -disabled)
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 51
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el-
(leg
acy
pro
du
ct)
large signal
small signal
Noiseremainsconstantirrespective ofsignal level
PANEL
ACC BOARD AUDIO 1
AUDIO 2
Indications on power upThese are typical power up indications given at the VIGILON, VIGILON Compact and VIGILONCompact VA panels with no loop circuits connected.
�At this stage of commissioning the audio loop circuit of VIGILON Compact VA panelmust remain disconnected.
� Switch On the mains power to the panel and then connect the battery supply:
• the panel buzzer sounds
• some LEDs on the panel will be momentarily lit and the display reads:
Powering up - please wait........
• the dots below the powering up message indicates progress.
• the Disablement light gives a flashing indication and after a short duration changeto a steady indication and the display gives messages similar to:
Time not setNVM Card FittedAudio Card Keypad fitted -(Compact VA only)Loop 1; 0V resistance is 28.4R, L is 1NVM is not write protectedCard found at Card 1 x.xx (aa/bb/cc)Allocating Loop nACC Loop O/S 2 -(Compact VA only)
• NVM Card - Non Volatile Memory Card found
• Card 1 - Loop card 1 found
• Loop 1 has a measured 0V line loop resistance form end to end is 28.4R. Therelative inductance ratio is 1
• the x.xx is the software version number of the card
• Audio controller card (ACC) Loop has 2 outstations found this appears onVIGILON compact VA panel only.
• the aa/bb/cc signifies the day, month and year of software release.
Allocation: OK at Card X : Allocated zzz
There may be other indications and messages depending on the panel condition.
• Disablement indicator is lit.
Initial tests
� The menus at the control panel are accessible by pressing the Menu On/Offbutton. For details of the menu options see Appendix A - Menu Maps .
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
Display test
� To test the display press the Menu On/Off button and then select [Test/Eng] ->[Disp
Test]. The Display Test option will cause all the LEDs and buzzer (including
backlight) to remain On for a short duration.
Setting the Clock
� To set up the time and date, press the Menu On/Off button and then select [SetUp]
-> [Usercode]# ->[Set Clock]. The Set Clock option will allow the setting of the timeand date at the panel.
Printer test (if fitted)
� To test the printer, press the Menu On/Off button and then select [Control] ->
[Usercode]# -> [Printer], if the printer is On select [Test] to carry out a printer test.
Power supply test
� Test the panel’s mains and battery supply by carrying out temporary disconnectionand reconnection, to allow event indications to be given on the panel. Ensuresufficient time is given for the event to be displayed, normally within 2 minutes.
Master alarms circuit tests
� Check that indications are given when there is a fault on the master alarm circuit.Carry out an open circuit test by disconnecting the end of line resistor. Then carry outa short circuit test by shorting the master alarm circuit terminals.
Commissioning instructions
52 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ind
icati
on
so
np
ow
er
up
Useful menu optionsThe menu maps of all the menu options that are accessible at the control panel are detailed inAppendix A.
Panel Buzzer
� It may be necessary during commissioning to disable the panel buzzer. It is possibleto selectively switch the disablement, fault, fire and supervisory buzzer sound to Offor On. It is important to ensure that the buzzers are switched On for normal operationafter commissioning.
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
Press Menu On/Off button and then select [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode]# and select
<etc> [Config], [Buzzer] this will allow selection of [Disable], [Fault], [Fire] or
[Supervis] and then select [On/Off] and [Enter].
�There is no indication given at the panel of buzzer disablement.
Software version check
The software version of the panel can be displayed by viewing the status of the master controlboard / Main control card.
To check the software version of the Master control board / Main control card: Press Menu On/Offbutton and then select [Info], momentarily press <etc> to select [Status] -> [Card] and enter Cardnumber 0, which is the Main control board / Master control card and then select [Enter]. Thedisplay will show software version number and date of release.
Password or PIN code
� The terms Password, PIN (Personal Identification Number), Usercode andAccess code mean the same and are used interchangeably.
A password restricts access to the controls available to the user at the Control panel.
There are three access levels to the controls. These are access level 1, 2 and 3.
� The Access level 1 controls only allow cycling through of multiple fire eventsmessages on the screen using the two buttons on the outer door.
� Access level 2a is for the CUSTOMER. Here the person responsible for the systemcan access the 'essential controls' by opening the panel outer door using a key
� Access level 2b is for the CUSTOMER. Here the person responsible for the systemcan access essential controls and some configuration menus using the panel door keyplus a customer PIN.
� Access level 3 is for the ENGINEER. Here the person responsible for the system canaccess essential controls and all system menus using the panel door key plus EngineerPIN.
� Daily PIN
There is another password that changes daily, which is available to the servicingorganisation. This daily password provides the same access to controls as theEngineers' PIN. The daily PIN is only used when the Engineer's PIN is not known.
� Always make a note of the Customer and Engineering PINs once they arecreated. Ensure the Customer PIN is passed on to the person responsible for the firealarm system on the site.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 53
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Usefu
lm
en
uo
pti
on
s
How to create an Engineer PIN
�The Vigilon and Vigilon Compact panels leave the factory with no Engineer PIN code(Access level 3 code). Therefore on first power up there is an open access to all theAccess level 3 menus.
The menu options under the Engineer PIN provides access to access level 3 controls that can alterthe configuration of the system.
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
To create or change an existing Engineer PIN:
(You will need to be at Access level 3 if an Engineer PIN is already set up.)
� Press the Menu On/ Off button and select [Test/Eng] ->[UserCode]# -> then
momentarily press <etc> to select [Config] -> [New Pass] and then type a new PINor change an existing PIN and press the Enter key.
� It is recommended that the PIN is at least 4 numbers and no greater than 15 numbersfor VIGILON compact and VIGILON Compact VA panels. The VIGILON panelscan use numbers and as well as letters in the password code.
How to change the Customer PIN
� All the VIGILON range of fire panels with MCC/MCB at V4.53 or greater areautomatically set up with a FACTORY DEFAULT CUSTOMER PIN: 2 2 2 2, once anEngineer PIN is made active.
The Customer PIN provides access to access level 2 restricted menu options that cannot alter theconfiguration of the system. To change a Customer PIN:
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
You will need to be at Access level 2.
� Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode]# -> enter the
existing Customer PIN and select [Enter], select [New Pass] and then type a PIN ofless than 15 characters in length and press the Enter key.
� It is recommended that the PIN is at least 4 numbers and no greater than 15 numbersfor VIGILON compact and VIGILON Compact VA panels. The VIGILON panelscan use numbers and as well as letters in the password code.
How to erase a PIN
The Engineer or Customer PIN can be erased. To erase the PIN of either Customer or Engineerlevel you will need to be at the respective access level.
� Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode] -> enter the
existing Customer PIN/Engineer PIN and select [Enter], select [New Pass] and thenjust press the Enter key, this will erase the PIN. If the Engineer PIN is erased thenCustomer PIN is also erased giving open access to all the menus.
Commissioning instructions
54 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Passw
ord
or
PIN
co
de
Address allocation
Resonance Search1
Where S-Quad sounder devices manufactured post April 2014 areinstalled in a system then these devices automatically check that thecomponents used to produce the sound output are working at theirresonant frequency, this is the optimum point where the sound outputis at its loudest for the lowest power consumption.During a resonance search the sounders will slowly change the tonefrequency to confirm the resonant point. This change in tone frequencywill be heard as a slight tone shift that lasts for about 1 minute.
After each allocation of loop circuit from a VIGILON or VIGILONCompact panel and subsequent first operation of the Sound Alarmfunction then there is one time only post allocation Resonance Searchperformed.
� Always power-up the panel with the mains supply first and thenconnect the battery. The power-down sequence should be in the reverse order.
How addresses are allocated to devices on the loopEach device connected to a loop circuit is allocated a software address on a sequential lowestunused value basis. The allocation of addresses starts from one End of a loop circuit in a numericalorder. If both ends of the loop circuit are connected then the allocation of addresses start fromEnd1. On reaching a T-breaker the devices on the spur circuit are allocated addresses. Oncompletion of allocation of addresses to the spur circuit the process continues along the main loop.
Address allocation with Loop circuit end 1 connected
� Ensure the panel is first powered-down before connecting the externalloop cables to the panel.
It is recommended that each external circuit is wired up to the terminals at the panel, one circuit ata time and tests conducted to ensure that each circuit is functioning correctly. We start byconnecting End 1 of the loop only.
� Ensure end-2 of the loop cable remains disconnected.
� Switch ON the mains and battery supply to power-up the panel, you will initially seethe powering up messages. If there are no device 'address allocation' faults the panelwill start the loop.
Allocating Loop nAllocation: OK at Card X : Allocated Y
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 55
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ad
dre
ss
allo
cati
on
1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12
5 6 7 8 13
22 23 24 25 14
30 31
29
28 21 15
32 27 26 20 19 18 17 16
CONTROLPANEL
Mainloop
circuit Spuron
mainloop
Spur on main loop
END 2
Note: The End 2 connection isnot made at this stage of commissioning
Spuron
mainloop
Previous Next
END 1
1 Resonance search has the advantage that ensures sounders operate at maximum efficiency, especially in extremes of temperature and to takeaccount of potential ageing of the sounder parts with time. It is important for resonance search to be conducted during annual maintenance.Note also sounder & VAD devices are monitored for failure. Also EN54 Part 3 speech sounder has an attention tone volume that is lower than thevolume output from a standard sounder. All speech sounder devices will not perform the resonance search unless this mode is exited and set tomaximum volume.
Commissioning instructions
56 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ad
dre
ss
allo
cati
on
Starting Loop nLoop started OK at Card X: Started Y
� Even if all the devices are wired correctly and there are no allocation faults,there may still be some device faults. The panel fault buzzer will sound andthe Fault LED will be lit.
� To stop the local buzzer from sounding press the Cancel Buzzer button.
� In practice there may be system wiring and hardware faults duringthe address allocation stage, these faults are also displayed as messages, forfurther information on what they mean and possible action that can be taken,see Appendix B - Message action.
Allocation faults
During allocation of addresses to the devices connected to a loop circuit there may befaults detected and these are displayed at the panel accompanied with LED indications.
Allocation : HW Fault Card x number y Loop zAllocation : Tx Fault Card x number y Loop zAllocation : Double Allocated Card x number y Loop zAllocation : Map Error at Card x number y Loop z
� An allocation fault that has been rectified will not be recognised until afterre-allocation of the loop.
� A loop with allocation faults will not be able to distinguish between a pointtype sensor and a call point.
� When a short circuit fault is found on allocation of addresses, the loopre-allocates addresses to the device before the short circuit. The deviceloop breaker remains open and the device LED is lit.
During start up
� A loop is started after allocation. Each device is set up to start operatingnormally based on its type, when the analogue channels are read.
Typical starter fault
ASCII Device is Faulty, number X Loop Y
The above fault will only be displayed if repeat / mimic panel is powered up.
How to re-allocate addresses to a loop circuit
It is possible to selectively commence the address reallocation to devices on a loop circuit:.
� Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode] ->type your password if one
is set up and then select [Loop] ->[Allocate], now enter the CARD number of the loop circuit
and select [Enter].
� After successful allocation of addresses to all the devices on a loop, the new loop map ischecked against the last map on the NVM, if found to be different then a warning indication is given.
Address allocation with Loop circuit End 2 connected
�Before changes are made to the wiring inside the panel first power-down the respectiveloop circuit.
� Disconnect End 1 of loop 1 and connect the End-2 of the loop and power up to commencereallocating of addresses to devices on the loop, this time from End 2. Ensure addresses areallocated to all the devices on the loop.
� On completion of this test, power down the loop and connect both ends of the loop and ensureaddresses are allocated to all the devices on the loop from End 1.
� Repeat these tests on the other loops if fitted.
Plexus Devices
After soft allocation of addresses to loop devices the Plexus devices will need to be allocated addresses usingthe Plexus tool.
The Plexus tool will need to be connected to the VIGILON panel for LRT binding data to be created. Thebinding data is then applied to each Plexus device so that it is associated with the LRT and the Plexus devicesis given a SAFE device address.
For full information on how to pre commission and pre allocate a Plexus system see publication titled'Preallocation & Pre-Commissioning - User Guide (4188-1011_Part 2).
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 57
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
SA
FE
Ad
dre
ssin
g
SAFE AddressingA SAFE address is an address given to a device during commissioning, the value of whichis stored in the non volatile memory within the electronics module of the device, the SAFEaddress is therefore carried with the device.
A SAFE address can be given to any device on a loop circuit:
� Individually
� in a consecutive range or
� to all the devices on a loop circuit.
To SAFE address a device
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
Press Menu On/Off button and then [Set Up] -> [Usercode]# and then momentarily press <etc> to select[Set Up] and then again momentarily press <etc> to select [Device], now type in the soft address of thedevice and then select [Loop], now type in the loop number on which the device resides and then select[Safe] and finally type in a safe address and select [Enter].
� It is possible to SAFE address devices using the commissioning tool. If SAFEaddressing a range of devices, it is quicker to do this using the controls at the panel.
To convert from SAFE to soft address
If for any reason the SAFE address given to a device is not required and the device needs to be convertedfor soft addressing, then:
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
Press Menu On/Off button and select [Set Up] -> [Usercode]# and then momentarily press <etc> to select[Set Up] and then again momentarily press <etc> to select [Device], now type in the SAFE address of thedevice and then select [Loop], now type in the loop number on which the device resides and then select[Safe] and finally types in 0 for the safe address and select [Enter]. This will convert the device back to softaddressing mode.
Checking a loop mapA loop map is checked against the as fitted wiring drawings. This will confirm the exact location ofeach system device and its address.
It is possible to display or print a loop map.
� Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Info] -> [Display]/[Print], note print will
only appear if a printer is connected to the panel. Momentarily press <etc> to select
[Loop Map] (note the menu is different if a network card is fitted in the panel as
there will be a [Net Map] option), type in a loop number and select [Enter]. The loop
map is either displayed or printed, a typical example is shown below.
To find devices on a loop circuit
Checking physical location of devices on a loop map is made easier by having two people incommunication with each other. While one person walks around the site and mark off the deviceson the as fitted wiring drawings, the other person operates the panel controls.
The 'find' device is a function that gives visual or audible indication at the respective device on aloop circuit. The following procedure assumes no password access is required.
� Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] -> [Usercode] ->[Loop] ->[Find
Dev], now enter CARD number n of loop circuit n, select [Start] and type in a device
number (usually device 1 if starting from the beginning) and then select [Enter]. Thedisplay shows the device and loop number:
Number 1 on Loop 1
� Press [Next] to find the next device on the loop and at any stage if the previous device
needs to be found then select [Previous].
A found device will provide visual or audible indication.
S-Quad Sensors and MCP
� A fire sensor or system manual call point will operate its LED for 0.5 second On and0.5 second Off repeated.
Sounders and S-Cubed
� Each system alarm sounder on S cubed or S-Quad device will provide an audible and/ or visual indication for 0.5 second On and 0.5 second Off repeated.
Mains powered DAU and micro DAU
� A Mains powered DAU will switch On an LED located on the main board, whichchanges from blink to 1s on 1s off when it is found.
Interface units
Ensure the outputs are not connected to external equipment at this stage ofcommissioning.
� Each interface output will in turn be activated for 0.5 second On and 0.5 second Off,this process will repeat.
Panels on loop circuits
� A mimic and repeat panel on a loop circuit will display its device number.
Commissioning instructions
58 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ch
eckin
ga
loo
pm
ap
Map information for Loop 2
Os Prev Next Common Position1 End1 2 Main Loop
2 1 3 Main Loop
3 2 4 Main Loop
4 3 9 L2 5 Spur Loop
5 4 6
6 5 7
7 6 8
15:45
Spur LoopSpur LoopSpur Loop
Spur Loop
Address of previous device
Address of the device
Address of next device
Where the device islocated, either on themain or spur loop
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 59
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
No
nV
ola
tile
Mem
ory
(NV
M)
Non Volatile Memory (NVM)The NVM is located inside the panel on the Backplane of VIGILON panel and on theMaster Control board of VIGILON Compact (VA) panels. The NVM should holdthe latest system configuration data.
� Do not attempt to write protect using the link P13 while a back upto the flash chip or initialisation of the memory is in progress.
The link header P13 on the Backplane provides hardware 'write' protection and will stop[Save] and [Back-up] commands from the panel controls modifying the memory. The link isfactory fitted to allow card data to be saved to the NVM.
� Where the system is required to be EN54 Part 2 compliant, then the linkP13 must be left in protect enabled position, that is to disallow write to NVM, oncompletion of system commissioning.
.
NVM Hardware Write protect
Hardware 'write protect' on a VIGILON 4/6 loop panel
Hardware 'write protect' - VIGILON Compact & (VA) panels
IC2IC1
P13P
11
P1
0P13
Write protected NOT Write protected(factory setting)
TERMINALSFOR CARD IN P8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TERMINALSFOR CARD IN LOOP 5
1 2 3 4 5 6
LC
C
P13
Backplane
Protected- Write protected
P13LK1
Unprotected- NOT write protected
(factory setting)
New Vigilon4/6-loops panel
Older Vigilon4-loops panel
Backplane
BATT3
PB15 PB6 PB9
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA2 - FS2 250mA
MA1 - FS1 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16P13
SW1RESET
24V B A0V TX1RX1 0V
PB8
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-0V MIPNC C NO
FIRMWARE BACKUP
PB10 PB7
L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
TX2 RX2
PB14
L1 0V L2 0V NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11
New Master Control Board (MCB) - networkable
SW2MODE
OLD Master Control Board (MCB) - non networkable
P15 P10 P11 P9 P8
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
PR
INT
ER
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA1 - FS1 250mA
MA2 - FS2 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16
P13 SW1
CODE BCKUP
P7P6
24V
FS3 200mA
P14
BATT1
Insulation Disk
Non VolatileMemory -NVM
There is also 'software'NVMprotect enable and disablefeature, see menu maps.
'Hardware' NVM protect link P13 is factory set to NVM protect disabled
NVM protect - [Enabled](ie NVM protected,that is )write not allowed
NVM protect - [Disabled](ie NVM unprotected,that is )write allowed
NVM Software - 'write protect' and 'unprotect'
To 'software' write protect NVMOnce the NVM is protected, it is not possible to 'write' or 'backup' card data to NVM. To writeprotect to NVM:
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
� Press the Menu On/Off button and then [SetUp] -> [Usercode]#, momentarily press
<etc> to select [Protect] and then select [Enable] ->[Enter].
A confirmation will be given on the display:
NVM is write protected at card 14
To 'software' write unprotect NVMOnce the NVM is unprotected, it is possible to 'write' or 'backup' card data to the NVM. To write toNVM:
� Press the Menu On/Off button and then [SetUp] -> [Usercode]#, momentarily press
<etc> to select [Protect] and then select [Disable] ->[Enter].
# - will appear if a PIN is setup, if so enter a PIN.A confirmation will be given on the display and the warning light may be illuminated:
NVM is not write protected at card 14
To back up loop data to NVM
A fully allocated loop should be backed up to the Non Volatile Memory (NVM). The followingprocedure assumes no password access is required and write protect is disabled.
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
� Press the Menu On/Off button and then [SetUp] -> [Usercode]#, momentarily press
<etc> to select [Backup] and select the loop number n to be backed up to the NVM.
Select [NVM card] ->[Enter].
A confirmation will be given on the display:
Loop card n Backed upChecksum written to card 14
� It is also important to back up data held in Card 0 (MCC), to do this carry outabove procedures except after the [Backup] command enter 0, which signify card 0.
Commissioning instructions
60 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
No
nV
ola
tile
Mem
ory
(NV
M)
To recover loop data from NVM
� On power-up the information stored on the Non Volatile Memory is automaticallyrecovered to the Local Controller (MCB) and Loop processor cards.If there is a recovery failure you will get the following message:
Recovery failed at card x
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
� It is possible to recover data previously backed up to Non Volatile Memory.
Press the Menu On/Off button and then [SetUp] -> [Usercode]#, momentarily press
<etc> to select [Recover] and select the card number n to be recovered from the Non
Volatile Memory. Select [NVM card] ->[Enter].
A confirmation will be given on the display:
Loop card 1 Recovered
� A warning will be given if the loop map is different to that previously backedup to the memory (NVM). For information on how to 'hardware' write protect NVM, seepage 59.
How to electrically erase the NVM
� Under normal circumstances erasing the NVM is not necessary asthere is only one back up of the complete system configuration data held at thepanel. The NVM Initialisation should only be performed by a trained and qualifiedengineer, as executing this command will erase all the data backed up at thepanel.
� To completely erase the NVM you will first need to switch On the freeblock anddisable the hardware and software write protect. This will allow access to theinitialisation command.
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
To switch On freeblock
The following procedures assume no password access is required.Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode]# momentarily press <etc> andselect [Test] and then select [Freeblock], press [Next] for controller and select [Enter], which willdisplay numbers on the top left of the display to show the freeblock is On.
To initialise the Non Volatile Memory
The following procedures assume no password access is required.Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode]# and then select [Card] ->[Init NVM] and then [Enter]. The following confirmation message will be displayed:
NVM Card Being Initialised NVM card 14 : 512K bytes
To switch Off freeblock
Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode]#, momentarily press <etc> andselect [Test] and then select [Freeblock], press [Previous] for Off and select [Enter]. Oncompletion do a display test to clear the freeblock number display.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 61
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
No
nV
ola
tile
Mem
ory
(NV
M)
2km Loop circuit - tests using LDTLoop diagnostic tool
Applicable for panel fitted with VIG-LPC-EN or COMPACT-LPC-EN cards
Where 2km loop cards are fitted in a VIGILON or VIGILON Compact panel having compatible loopdevices then the Loop Diagnostics Tool should be used to test the loop circuits.
For information on the Loop Diagnostic Tool see the Loop diagnostic tool help guide.
During certain tests using the Loop Diagnostic tool where directed by the tool it may be necessaryto repair a loop circuit after a test.
How to [Repair] a loop circuit
When a loop circuit is tested for open or short circuit fault or if a genuine wiring short oropen circuit fault should occur, then rectification action must be taken. To rectify thefault, remove the fault and process the repair command at the control panel.
Press the Menu On/Off button and select [Test /Eng], [Usercode] and if a password
access is required, type in the PIN and press the Enter button. Select [Loop] and then
momentarily select <etc> and select [Repair] and type in the loop circuit you want to
repair, for example loop 1or 2 and then select [Enter].
Loop resistence measured by the panel
The loop cards VIG-LPC-EN or COMPACT-LPC-EN measures and displays the loop resistance onthe panel screen during power up of the loop circuits, see page 52. The measured resistance canbe viewed at any time after allocation using the [info] menu under the Loop Card status at thepanel.
However the loop resistances and many other loop parameters can be measured and viewed usinga Loop Diagnostic Tool.
1km Loop circuit - manual testsApplicable for panel fitted with VIG-LPC and COMPACT-LPC loop cards
The loop circuit tests involve checking the loop circuit resistance, capacitance and then carrying outopen circuit, short circuit and break tests.
Loop resistance and capacitance
� Power down and disconnect both ends of the loop 0V wiring at the control panel,whose resistance and capacitance are to be measured.
Resistance
� Using a multimeter measure the resistance between the loop 0V (End 1) and loop 0V
(End 2). In practice this should not be greater than 13 ohms for 1Km cable ONLY.
Dependent on the number of devices on a loop circuit over 1Km cable length ONLY,
an allowance can be made for contact resistance of up to 10m� per device.
Over 1Km cable length ONLY: Worse case measured loop resistance:
having 50 devices no greater than 13.5 ohms
having 100 devices no greater than 14 ohms
having 200 devices no greater than 15 ohms
� Check the loop cable screen to loop 0V resistance this should be an open circuit.
Capacitance measure
� Typically where alternative allowed loop cable types are being used then a measuredcapacitance between the loop 0V and cable screen should practically be no be greater
than 0.21uF. However the Loop Driver is capable of driving a higher capacitance.
Commissioning instructions
62 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
2km
Lo
op
cir
cu
it-
tests
usin
gL
DT
Loop circuit testsLoop short circuit test
A loop short circuit isolation test should be carried out at this stage. It is recommended that thesounders are switched On before conducting this test.
End 1 Short test
� Create a short circuit by wiring a link across the loop terminals at End-1. Thereshould be no loss of any part of the system. The display should read:
Wiring changed - short at card x number y loop zWiring changed - loop split
� After rectification (removal of the short circuit) you will need to [Repair] the loopcircuit.
End 2 and Mid circuit Short test
� A short circuit test should then be repeated at End-2 and again at mid point of theloop.
� After each test carry out rectification (remove the short circuit) you will then need to
[Repair] the loop circuit, see page 62 .
Ground break test
A ground break test should be carried out at this stage:
� Disconnect the 0V line from End-1 of a loop circuit.
� A single 0V line break should not cause the loss of any part of the system.
End 1 cable break test
� The cable break may have to be sustained for up to a minute. The display should read:
Wiring changed - ground break at card x number y on loop z
� To clear the fault, the 0V line should be reconnected and then the loop should be
repaired using the [Repair] function at the panel.
End 2 loop break test
� The ground break test should be repeated at the other end of the loop circuit, End-2
and again at Mid point of the loop.
� The exact location of a ground break is not indicated at the panel, however theloop will run as normal.
� To clear the fault, the 0V line should be reconnected and then the loop should be
repaired using the [Repair] function at the panel, see page 62.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 63
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Lo
op
cir
cu
itte
sts
L1 0V
LOOP CABLE
BOARD
TERMINALS
BOARD
PANEL
enclosure
REMOVE THE 0VLINE TOINTRODUCE AGROUND BREAK
L1 0V
TERMINALS
BOARD
PANELenclosure
LOOP CABLE
SHORTING LINK
Commissioning instructions
64 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Lo
op
cir
cu
itte
sts
Positive line break test
A positive line break test should be carried out at thisstage:
� Disconnect the +ve loop connection at one Endof a loop circuit.
The display should read:
Wiring changed - split at card xnumber y on loop z
� A single +ve line break should notcause the loss of any part of the system.
� Reconnect positive (+ve) line to clear the fault.
� Repair the loop using the [Repair] function thepanel, see page 62.
Earth fault test
Earth fault tests should be carried at this stage:
0V-line earth fault test
� Connect the 0V line to the earth of the control panel enclosure.This may have to be sustained for up to 1 minute for the fault to bedetected. The display should read:
Earth Fault
� On removal of earth fault the display should read:
Earth Fault cleared
+ve line earth fault test
� Now connect the +ve line to earth via a 10K ohm resistor. Thismay have to be sustained for up to 1 minute for the fault to bedetected. The display shows an Earth fault message as above andafter restoration a cleared message is displayed.
� If the resistance between Earth and Loop +ve is in theorder of a few ohms then this will be registered as a ‘short circuit’.
Type of earth fault
Interrogate the [PSU] readings using the [Test/Eng] menuto establish the type of Earth fault.
Type of Earth fault Earth (Ear) reading
No earth fault around 60
+ve line and earth greater than 75
-ve line and earth less than 40
� At the end of the test operate the [Repair]
function at the panel.
LOOP CABLE
BOARD
TERMINALS
BOARD
PANEL
enclosure
L1 0V
10K
resistor
L1 0V
0V (-ve)LINEEARTHFAULTTEST
L1 (+ve)LINEEARTHFAULTTEST
L1 0V
BOARD
TERMINALS
BOARD
PANEL
enclosure
L1 (+ve)LINEGROUNDBREAKTEST
LOOP CABLE
Checking device STATUSLoop Device Status
To list the STATUS of a device on an allocated loop at the Control Panel: Press Menu On/Offbutton and then select [Info], momentarily press <etc> to select [Status] -> [Device], enter thedevice number, select [Loop], enter the loop number n on which the device resides, select [Enter]to view device status information.
Analogue Channel 1 is forward scatter optical smoke sensor
Analogue Channel 2 is heat sensor
Analogue Channel 3 is for CO gas sensor
Analogue Channel 4 is for backward scatter optical smoke sensor
Analogue Channel 5 reports sounder/flasher/speech faults to the control panel
Analogue Channel 6 reports monitored input/monitored output faults to the control panel
O - Output, I - Input and . signify - not used
Device digital I / O channels
S4 Dual OH/Red VAD O . . O 1, 2, 4, 5
S4 Heat/Voice Sen Sndr/Red VAD OOOO 2, 5
S4 Dual OH/Voice Sen Sndr/Red VAD . OOO 1, 2, 4, 5
S4 Dual OH/CO/Voice Sen Sndr/Red VAD OOOO 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
S4 Dual OH/White VAD O . . O 1, 2, 4, 5
S4 Dual OH/White VAD (HP) O . . O 1, 2, 4, 5
S4 Dual OH/Voice Sndr/White VAD (Std) OOOO 1, 2, 4, 5
S4 Dual OH/Voice Sen Sndr/White VAD (HP) OOOO 1, 2, 4, 5
S4 Heat/Voice Sndr/White VAD (HP) OOOO 2, 5
S4 Dual OH CO/Voice Sen Sndr / White VAD (HP) OOOO 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
S4 Dual OH/Voice Sounder . OOO 1, 2, 4, 5
S4 OH Sensor Sounder . OOO 1, 2, 5
S4 Dual OH Sensor Sounder . OOO 1, 2, 4, 5
S4 Heat Sensor Sounder . OOO 2, 5
S4 Dual OH CO Sensor . . . O 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
S4 Heat Sensor . . . O 2
S4 Heat Sensor Sounder . OOO 2, 5
S4 Dual Optical Heat Sensor . . . O 1, 2, 4
S4 Dual Optical Heat Sensor CO . . . O 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
S4 Dual Optical Heat Sensor Sounder . OOO 1, 2, 4, 5
+ Monitored input 6
+ Monitored output 6
Other devices
Beam transmitter . . . O 2
Beam receiver . . . O 1- raw data
2- averagedata
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 65
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ch
eckin
gd
evic
eS
TA
TU
S
Loop 1 No. 7 Dual optical/Heat/CO
LB1:C End1:Hi End2:Hi
I/O:...0 Anal:1-4
2nd:250 3rd:0 Short delay:0
Zone 1 Zone 1
LED)
,6
Loop on which
the device is installed
Location of the
device on the loop
Device description
Monitored Input / LED is
attached to the device
Loop breaker
condition
C:closed
Status of End 1
of the device
(high or low)
Status of End 2
of the device
(high or low)
Digital
Input outputs
Analogue channels
used
1:Optical (forward)
2:Heat
3:Gas
4:Optical (Backward)
5:Sounder/VAD (Strobe)/Speech fault
6:Monitored line or LED
Secondary address
denotes group of devices
Tertiary address
used primarily by
sounders/VAD (strobe)
Short circuit delay
associated with
number of T breakers
off T breakers
Zone number and label
Device digital I / O channels
MCP . . . O 6
Repeat panel . . . O -
Zonal mimic . . . O -
Mimic panel . . . O -
T-breaker . . . O
Loop interface all possible
I - input
O - output
1-channel 1
2-channel 2
3-channel 3
4-channel 4
5
Interface unit (mains powered) all possible
I - input
O - output
1-channel 1
2-channel 2
3-channel 3
4-channel 4
5-battery
6-mains
S cubed OOOO
1 - IR control
2 - Tone
3 - Power
4 - VAD(Strobe)
5
Device digital I / O channels
The legacy products below are for reference
S-Quad Dual Optical Heat Sensor Strobe O . . O 1, 2, 4, 5
S-Quad Dual Optical Heat Sensor Sounder . OOO 1, 2, 4, 5
S-Quad Dual Optical Heat Sensor Speech Strobe OOOO 1, 2, 4, 5
S-Quad Dual Optical Heat Sensor CO SpeechStrobe
OOOO 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Slave LED . . . O +L
Sounder . OO .
3 - Low freq.
2 - On/Off
Repeat sounder . OO .
Optical . . . O 1
Optical heat . . . O 1,2
Heat . . . O 4
Slave Relay O . . O+R
Single channel interface unit I O . O 1,2,5
Loop powered zone module I . . O 1,5
Optical/Heat Sounder . OOO 1,2
�The correct device type may not be displayed if the loop circuit has allocation faults.
� Check that the device is of the correct type and is suitable for the area in which it isinstalled.
� Check the digital status of all devices.
� On successful allocation check that the total number of devices found equals thenumber installed. Also note there will be a loop voltage on the unconnected end of thecable.
Commissioning instructions
66 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ch
eckin
gd
evic
eS
TA
TU
S
Plexus Device Status
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 67
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ch
eckin
gd
evic
eS
TA
TU
S
Loop 2 No. 43 Radio Call Point
I/O:...O Anal:5, 6
2nd:0 3rd:0 LRT:41
Zone 2 Zone 2
S:000005098244 ID:3040
P1:42 RSSI:48 P2:41 RSSI:49 Batt:40
15:45
Loop 1 No. 45 Radio Heat
I/O:...O Anal:2, 5
2nd:0 3rd:0 LRT:41
Zone 2 Zone 2
S:136110645425 ID:3040
P1:44 RSSI:45 P2:47 RSSI:47 Batt:59
15:46
Loop 1 No. 51 Radio Dual optical/Heat
I/O:...O Anal:1,2,3,4
2nd:0 3rd:0 LRT:41
Zone 2 Zone 2
S:0471000064440 ID:3040
P1:50 RSSI:44 P2:43 RSSI:42 Batt:59
Loop 1 No. 47 Radio Sounder Strobe
I/O:.00O Anal:5,6
2nd:0 3rd:0 LRT:41
Zone 4 Zone 4
S:010010485766 ID:3040
P1:43 RSSI:47 P2:42 RSSI:43 Batt:35
15:47
Loop 1 No. 51 Radio optical
I/O:...O Anal:1,5
2nd:0 3rd:0 LRT:41
Zone 4 Zone 4
S:039100006577 ID:3040
P1:47 RSSI:41 P2:51 RSSI:44 Batt:59
15:48
Radio Call Point
Radio Heat detector
Radio Dual Optical Heat detector
Radio Sounder Strobe
Radio Optical detector
This is the serial number given of the Radio call point,which is the same number as the one printed on a labelinside the Call point on its PCB.
This is the network IDThis is the RSSI which is ameasure of the link quality withthe linked devicehaving address 42
Parent
This is the RSSI which is ameasure of the link quality withthe linked device havingaddress 41
Parent
Months of charge remainingdependent on use.A device battery faultindication is given closer toend of useful battery life.
Use the controls at the Vigilon Control panel select [Info] ->momentarily select <etc> in order to find and select [Status] ->[Device] and enter the device number or range whose status isrequired, then select [Loop ] and enter the loop number onwhich the Plexus devices reside and then select [Enter]. Thepanel displays the status of device(s):
Device checks
� Ensure all dust covers have been removed from the sensor heads and thesystem is allowed to operate for at least 24 hours to obtain accurate time average andcondition code readings.
Checking the time averages
Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Info], momentarily press <etc> to select [Time Avg] andtype in the required channel number from the range 1-6 whose time average is required, select[Device] and type in the device number, select [Loop] and type in the loop number of the device->[Enter]. The display shows time averages for the device.
Foreground (fast) time average readings
Tnew T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
Ondemand
80mS 320mS 1.28S 5.12S 20.48S
Normally reads 252, unless there is a threshold.
Background (slow) time average readings
Tnew T6 T7 T8 T9 T10 T11
Ondemand
1.36min 5.46min 21.84min 1.45hr 5.82hr 23.3hr
Product Analogue Channels Time averageTnew
S4 Heat Sensor 2 - heat 66
S4 Heat Sensor Sounder 2 - heat 66
S4 Dual Optical Heat Sensor 1 - optical (forward)2 - heat4 - optical (backward)
256640
S4 Dual OH/Red VAD 1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat4 - Optical (backward)
256640
S4 Heat/Voice Sen Sndr/Red VAD 2 - Heat 66
S4 Dual OH/Voice Sen Sndr/Red VAD 1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat4 - Optical (backward)
256640
S4 Dual OH/CO/Voice Sen Sndr/RedVAD
1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat3 - CO4 - Optical (backward)
25
66
25
40
S4 Dual OH/White VAD 1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat4 - Optical (backward)
256640
S4 Dual OH/White VAD (HP) 1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat4 - Optical (backward)
256640
S4 Dual OH/Voice Sndr/White VAD (Std) 1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat4 - Optical (backward)
256640
S4 Dual OH/Voice Sen Sndr/White VAD(HP)
1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat4 - Optical (backward)
256640
S4 Heat/Voice Sndr/White VAD (HP) 2 - Heat 66
S4 Dual OH/CO/Voice Sen Sndr/WhiteVAD HP
1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat3 - CO4 - Optical (backward)
25
66
25
40
Commissioning instructions
68 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Devic
ech
ecks
Average Channel 1 Device 1 Loop 1
19 252 252 252 252 252 19 19 19 19 18 18
Time average readings of Channel 1 device 1 loop 1
23:15Tnew (On demand)
Background (slow) Timeaverage readings T6 of T11Channel 1 Device 1 loop 1
Foreground (fast) Timeaverage readings T1 to T5 ofChannel 1 Device 1 loop 1
e Aver channel 1 Device 1 Loop 1
[Repeat] [Previous] [Next] [Cancel]
S4 Dual OH/Voice Sounder 1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat4 - Optical (backward)
256640
S4 OH Sensor Sounder 1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat
2566
S4 Dual OH Sensor Sounder 1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat4 - Optical (backward)
256640
S4 Heat Sensor Sounder 2 - Heat 66
S4 Dual OH CO Sensor 1 - Optical (forward)2 - Heat3 - CO4 - Optical (backward)
25
66
25
40
Beam Transmit 0
Beam Receive 2 150 - 170
Typical new Time average values for legacy 34K sensors
Device type 34K Analogue Channel number Time average Tnew
OpticalHeat
12
200 - 235180 - 210
Heat 2 180 - 210
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 69
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Devic
ech
ecks
Checking the Exception/Subfault codes
'Exception' (EN) or 'Subfault' (BS) are condition codes and these codes provide information about asensor device. A code indicates small changes in the environmental condition, sensor mechanismand how the sensor performs in the system. To ensure that the sensor exception codes aremeaningful, all existing codes must be cleared and the system left undisturbed for at least 24 hours.
Code definition
There are ten different conditions possible for each sensor type, although not all of them are defined.Each condition code has a range of 0-3.
Code Meaning
0 This condition is OK. This code is not displayed unless another nonzero code exists.
1 or 2 Suggests preventive maintenance is required, where necessary, toavoid possible false alarms.
3 The sensor is faulty. A fault condition indication is given at the controlpanel. A message reading ‘Sensor Out of Specification’ is displayed.
A CODE 3 is automatically disabled by the system to prevent false alarms.
To view the exception/condition codes of a device
Press to select Menu On/Off button and select [Info] -> <etc> -> [Event] -> <etc> -> [Exception]-> [Enter]. To view all the currently active exceptions on the system use the next and previous menuoptions to scroll through.
# - will appear if a PIN is setup.
How to clear 'Exceptions'
This can be done by removal and replacement of the sensor chamber, by re-allocation of the loophaving the sensor or, by using [Clear] function at the panel:Press Menu On/Off button to select [Test/Eng] -> [Usercode]# -> <etc> -> [Config] -> [Clear]->[Exception] -> [Enter]. Note cleared codes will return if the conditions are still true.
Commissioning instructions
70 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Devic
ech
ecks
Exceptions/Condition codes
Meaning Action
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
This is the sub-fire band andif set as shown it should betaken as showing that thesensor is at its optimumsensitivity for its location.
No action need be taken.
2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
A sub-fire has beengenerated which wouldsuggest that the sensor waseither too sensitive for itsenvironment or that thesensor type may beincorrect for the location.
Action should be to checklocation and alter sensorstate or type as required.This should only be donewith the knowledge of thecustomer. Remember tore-backup all changes tostates onto the NVM.
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
These codes indicate thatthe sensor is in a windylocation. This will cause thechamber voltage to drop.Code Level 1 shows onedrop only, Level 2 showsgreater than one drop.
The location should bechecked and a change insiting made, if required.Note: Wind will not causethe sensor to false alarm.
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 or0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 or0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 or0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
This shows that the sensortime averages are close toacceptable limits.
On commissioning thesensor should be replaced.A sensor with code 2 isworse than code 1. Onmaintenance sensors withcode 2 should be replaced.
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 or0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 or0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 or0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0
This shows that highfrequency noise events havebeen detected by thesystem. A code 1 shows oneevent and a code 2 showsmore than one event.
The device should bereplaced. On maintenance,sensor with code 2 shouldbe replaced. If it reoccursthen check theenvironment.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 or0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0
This shows device hardwarefaults. 1-fault code 1 andmore than one fault code 2.
The sensor should bereplaced.
Time: 15:54.07 Fri 20 December 2002
Exception
Number 2 on Loop 1
condition 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Time and date when Exceptions or Condition codes were read
23:15
Location of the deviceresiding on this loopwhose exceptions areshown.
These condition codesindicate the device isprobably disconnected
0 - position 10th - position
For definition of these codes see the table
Condition Codes for S-Quads (Exception / Sub Fault codes)
Gentype
Pos.No. Description
Condition codes
Normalband
Sub fault band Fault band
0 1 2 3
ENVIORNMENT
1 Optical subfire None Small signal sensed[Check location, state & type]
Subfire[Check location, state & type]
2 Heat subfire None Small signal sensed[Check location, state & type]
Subfire[Check location, state & type]
3 Gas subfire - Small signal sensed[Check location, state & type]
Subfire[Check location, state & type]
4 Beam OK - - Obscured for > 1min or Txfailure
SENSOR
5 Optical/Gas channel drift or out ofrange
OK Close to acceptable limit Out of limits[Clean/replace]
6 Heat channel drift or out of range OK Out of limits[Clean/replace]
7 Optical/Gas channel noisy(High freq)
OK Single HF noise eventdetected
Multiple HF noise seen(Check location and report)
8 Heat channel noisy (Highfrequency)
OK Single HF noise eventdetected
Multiple HF noise seen(check location and report)
DEVICE
9 device firmware OK Isolated fault[Note/report]
Repetitive fault[Note / report / replace]
Total failure[Replace]
10 device transmission OK Low error rate Medium error rate[Report]
High error rate[Replace]
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 71
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Devic
ech
ecks
Pre Fire, Fire and Super fireDefinitions
Condition meaning.. ..and for State 0 it implies
PreFire Fire detection is at a higher sensitivity than the selected STATE. Fire detection that will easily pass the respective EN54 test.
Fire Fire detection at the sensitivity of the selected STATE. Fire detection that is referenced to the respective EN54 test.
SuperFire Fire detection at lower sensitivity than the selected STATE. Fire detection that will not pass the Standards test.
Commissioning instructions
72 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Pre
Fir
e,F
ire
an
dS
up
er
fire
S-Quad Sensor with VAD - STATES VAD (current range of devices)The STATE in which an S-Quad sensor operate can be changed from the default factory set STATE to another STATE during commissioning using the Commissioning tool. The environment in whichan S-Quad device is installed will determine what STATE is used. # - Factory Default STATE ~ EN54 : Part 7 :2000 * EN54 : Part 5 :2002
� The S-Quad with VAD devices are compatible with control panel software (MCC/MCB equal to or greater than V4.52 and LPC equal to or greater than V4.48).
# - factory default settings
Device
LPCB
approved
STATE
Meets ~ EN54-7 : 2000, A1:2002, A2:2006
* EN54-5 : 2000, A1:2002
Dual Optical & Heat sensor variant - S4-711
(With VAD) S4-711-VAD-HPR
S4-711-VAD-LPW
S4-711-VAD-HPW
(With Speech) S4-711-V
(With VAD & Speech) S4-711-V-VAD-HPR
S4-711-V-VAD-HPW
(With Sounder) S4-771-S
STATE 0 # Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
STATE 5 Medium optical smoke ~ / Class B heat *
STATE 8 Delayed medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat*
Dual Optical, Heat & CO sensor variant- S4-901
(With Speech & VAD) S4-911-V-VAD-HPR
S4-911-V-VAD-HPW
STATE 0 # Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
STATE 9 Class A1 heat *
Optical & Heat sensor variant - S4-710
(With Sounder) S4-770-S STATE 0 # Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat*
Heat sensor variant - S4-720
(With Speech VAD) S4-720-V-VAD-HPR
S4-720-V-VAD-HPW
(With Sounder) S4-780-S
STATE 0 # Class A1 heat *
STATE 5 Class B heat *
Optical sensor S4715 STATE 0 Medium optical smoke
All of the above S-Quad range of devices meet EN54-17:2005 Short circuit isolation plus EN54-18:2005 Input/Output devices for use on the transmission path of fire detection and alarm systems.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 73
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
S-Q
uad
Sen
so
rw
ith
VA
D-
ST
AT
ES
VA
D(c
urr
en
tra
ng
eo
fd
evic
es)
S-Quad Sensor with Strobe - STATES (legacy devices)The STATE in which the S-Quad sensors operate can be changed from the default factory set STATE to another STATE during commissioning. The environment in which the S-Quad device is installedwill determine what STATE is applicable. # - Factory Default STATE ~ EN54 : Part 7 :2000 * EN54 : Part 5 :2002 � - used in current range
�The release of control panel software (MCC/MCB equal to or greater than V4.41):If a non defined STATE is selected during commissioning then the control panel will revert to STATE 0.
The previous release of control panel software (MCC/MCB less than V4.41):If a non defined STATE is selected during commissioning then the control panel will revert to STATE 15, which means the device is functionally switched OFF.
Device LPCB approved STATE
Meets ~ EN54 : Part 7 :2000* EN54 : Part 5 :2002
Dual Optical & Heat sensor variant -
S4-711�(With Strobe) S4-711-ST
(With Speech) S4-711-VO(With Strobe & Speech) S4-711-ST-VO
(With Sounder) S4-771
State 0 # Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
State 5 Medium optical smoke ~ / Class B heat *
State 8 Delayed medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat*
Dual Optical, Heat & CO sensor variant -
S4-911(With Speech & Strobe) S4-911-ST-VO
State 0 # Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
State 9 Class A1 heat *
Optical & Heat sensor variant -
S4-710�(With Sounder) S4-770
State 0 # Medium optical smoke / Class A1 heat*
Heat sensor variant -
S4-720�(With Speech & Strobe) S4-720-ST-VO
(With Sounder) S4-780
State 0 # Class A1 heat *
State 5 Class B heat *
Optical senor - S4-715� State 0 Medium optical smoke
All S-Quad range of sensor sounder devices meet CEA 4021, where applicable, and meet EN54-17:2005 Short circuit isolation plus EN54-18:2005 Input/Output devices for use on the transmission pathof fire detection and alarm systems.
Commissioning instructions
74 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
S-Q
uad
Sen
so
rw
ith
Str
ob
e-
ST
AT
ES
(leg
acy
devic
es)
S-Quad Heat sensor STATES
# - factory default STATE
State Definition / Class Application in / Suitable for:Sensitivity
a-high- to-e-none
State 0# Class A1 heat Area having high levels of smoke, dust or steam a
State 13 Class A2 heat Area where there is moderate temperature changes plus dust, smoke or steam present b
State 5 High temperature Class B heat Area having high ambient temperature plus dust, smoke or steam present c
State 6 High temperature Class BS heat - withno rate of rise component
Area where there is rapid temperature changes plus dust, smoke or steam present d
State 15 No detection e
S-Quad Dual Optical & Heat / Optical & Heat sensor STATES
# - factory default STATE
State Definition / Class Application in / Suitable for:Sensitivity
a-high- to--j-none
State 3 High sensitivity optical,Class A1 heat
Clean area or environment, where early detection is required a
State 4 Medium sensitivity with no optical spikeprotection, Class A1 heat
General area as State 0 with less immunity to steam and dust to facilitate witness test b
State 0# Medium sensitivity optical, Class A1heat
General area c
State 8 Delayed medium sensitivity optical,Class A1 heat
General application in area with transient steam, dust or smoke present d
State 5 Medium sensitivity optical, Class B heat Area having high ambient temperature with low dust, smoke or steam present e
State 2 Low sensitivity optical, Class A1 heat Areas with moderate dust, smoke or heat during working hours when used with timing function f
State 11 Low sensitivity optical,Class B heat
Area having high ambient temperature, plus where moderate dust, smoke or steam present g
State 6 Low sensitivity optical,Class BS heat
Area having high ambient temperature that changes, plus moderate dust, smoke or steampresent
h
State 12 Class A1 heat only Area where smoke, dust or steam occurs at times I
State 15 No detection j
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 75
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
S-Q
uad
Sen
so
rw
ith
Str
ob
e-
ST
AT
ES
(leg
acy
devic
es)
S-Quad Dual Optical, Heat & CO sensor STATES
State Definition / Class Application in / Suitable for:Sensitivity
a-high- to-h-none
State 1 High sensitivity optical, Class A1 heat,high sensitivity gas
Clean area or environment where early detection is required with false alarm reduction a
State 4 Medium sensitivity optical with spikeprotection, Class A1 heat, mediumsensitivity gas
General area as State 0 with less immunity to steam and dust for ease of testing using artificialsmoke in normal operating mode, when test / commissioning mode is not active
b
State 0# Medium sensitivity optical,Class A1 heat, medium sensitivity gas
General area where false alarm reduction is required for comprehensive fire detection c
State 2 Medium sensitivity optical,Class A1 heat, low sensitivity gas
Applications with moderate dust, smoke (tobacco) or steam d
State 9 Medium sensitivity gas,Class A1 heat
Area where high levels of smoke, dust or steam is often present e
State 11 Medium sensitivity optical,Class B heat
Area with high ambient temperature, plus low levels of dust, smoke or steam present f
State 12 Class A1 heat only Area where smoke, dust, steam or gas occurs at times g
State 15 No detection h
S-Quad Optical sensor STATES
# - factory default STATE
State Definition / Class Application in / Suitable for:Sensitivity
a-high- to-f-none
State 3 High sensitivity optical Clean area or environment, where early detection is required a
State 4 Medium sensitivity with no spikeprotection
General area as State 0 with less immunity to steam and dust to facilitate wittiness test b
State 0# Medium sensitivity optical General area c
State 8 Delayed medium sensitivity optical General area with transient steam, dust or smoke present d
State 2 Low sensitivity optical Area with moderate dust, smoke or steam present e
State 15 No detection f
Commissioning instructions
76 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
S-Q
uad
Sen
so
rw
ith
Str
ob
e-
ST
AT
ES
(leg
acy
devic
es)
Beam sensor STATESStates verses distance
Sensor STATES Ideal rangeminimum to maximum
4 or 5 2m to 30m
2 or 3 5m to 100m
0 or 1 12m to 100m
State Definition Application
State 0# Defaultdetection
A fire is detected when there is a 50% (3dB) fall in signal level, however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than1second and is maintained for 40 seconds, then a fault is registered. This allows the Control panel to differentiatebetween a fire and a fault signal caused by accidental obscuration.
State 1 Normalsensitivity
A fire is detected when there is a 50% (3dB) fall in signal level, however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than1 second and is maintained for 40 seconds then a fire is registered.
State 2 MediumSensitivity
A fire is detected when there is a 25% (1.3dB) fall in signal level, however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than1 second and is maintained for 40 seconds then a fault is registered.
State 3 MediumSensitivity
A fire is detected when there is a 25% (1.3dB) fall in signal level, however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than1 second and is maintained for 40 seconds then a fire is registered.
State 4 High Sensitivity A fire is detected when there is a 10% (0.5dB) fall in signal level, however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than1 second and is maintained for 40 seconds then a fault is registered.
State 5 High Sensitivity A fire is detected when there is a 10% (0.5dB) fall in signal level, however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than1 second and is maintained for 40 seconds then a fire is also registered.
State 15 No detection. This is a total disablement of the sensor.
# - factory default STATE
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 77
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Beam
sen
so
rS
TA
TE
S
Commissioning instructions
78 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Inte
rface
Un
itS
TA
TE
S
Interface Unit STATESSingle channel interface input STATES
These STATES also apply to loop powered single channel interface.
STATE Definition Application
State 0 Default - allInputs enabled
Normal use
State 1 Input 1 disabled Selective disablement andenablement of interface input circuits
Where an input circuit is used for firedetection application, the call pointson the circuits will NOT remainoperational on disablement of thecircuit.
State 15 All inputsdisabled
Interface input disablement
4 - Channel Interface Unit STATES
These 4 - channel interface unit input STATES are applicable for both mains and loop poweredinterface units.
STATE Definition Applications
State 0 Default - all Inputs enabled Normal use
State 1 Input 1 disabled Selective disablement andenablement of interface inputcircuits
� Where an inputcircuit is used for firedetection application, thecall points on the loopcircuit will remainoperational on disablementof the loop circuit.
State 2 Input 2 disabled
State 3 Inputs 1 and 2 disabled
State 4 Input 3 disabled
State 5 Inputs 1 and 3 disabled
State 6 Inputs 2 and 3 disabled
State 7 Inputs 1, 2 and 3 disabled
State 8 Input 4 disabled
State 9 Inputs 1 and 4 disabled
State 10 Inputs 2 and 4 disabled
State 11 Input 1, 2 and 4 disabled
State 12 Inputs 3 and 4 disabled
State 13 Inputs 1, 3 and 4 disabled
State 14 Inputs 2, 3 and 4 disabled
State 15 All inputs disabled interface input disablement
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 79
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
34000
ran
ge
of
sen
so
rsS
TA
TE
S(l
eg
acy
devic
es)
34000 range of sensors STATES (legacy devices)
�The release of control panel software (MCC/MCB equal to or greater than V4.41):If a non defined STATE is selected during commissioning then the control panel will revert to STATE 0.
The previous release of control panel software (MCC/MCB less than V4.41)If a non defined STATE is selected during commissioning then the control panel will revert to STATE 15, which means the device is functionally switched OFF.
Optical heat sensor (plus sounder) STATES (34000 range)
These STATES cover the following sensors:
� Optical & heat sensor
� Optical & heat sensor plus sounder
� Heat sounder
For the Heat sounder product range ignore the Optical STATES.
STATES Definition Application
State 0 (LPC approved) Heat Grade 2Optical smoke normal sensitivity
Suitable for most applications. Provides smoke detection to meet BS5445:Part 7 andprovides heat detection to meet Grade 2 as defined in BS5445:Part 5.
State 1 High sensitivity opticalGrade 2 heat
Used in areas or situations where airborne smoke or dust is unlikely to occur and thereforea more sensitive detection is available.
State 5 Medium sensitivity optical only Where high ambient temperatures of greater than 40oC are expected in the detection area.
State 8 (LPC approved) Medium sensitivity optical with20 seconds time constantGrade 2 Heat
This state is useful in hotel bedrooms where low levels of signals could occur for shortdurations. If smoke and heat occur simultaneously, the time delay is effectively overriddento provide fast detection.
State 10 Medium sensitivity optical with timedelay (20 second time constant) orGrade 2 heat
Similar performance to state 8 but without the time delay overridden. Useful in hotelbedrooms and loading bays where low levels of signals may occur.
State 11 Low sensitivity optical
Grade 3 Heat
Used for smoke detection in areas where airborne particles or smoke is normally present,or high temperatures (up to 40oC) can be normally attained.
Commissioning instructions
80 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
34000
ran
ge
of
sen
so
rsS
TA
TE
S(l
eg
acy
devic
es)
STATES Definition Application
State 12 (LPC approved) Grade 1 Heat only No optical smoke detection. Can be used where airborne particles or smoke could occurbriefly or at specific times. Optical detection can be used in conjunction with timeblocks/slots to enable/disable sensor depending on application.
State 13 (LPC approved) Grade 2 Heat only
State 14 Grade 3 Heat only
State 15 No detection This state can be used to provide total disablement on a timed or temporary basis.
Heat sensor STATES (34000 range)
STATES Definition Application
State 0 (LPC approved) (Default) Grade 2, rate of rise andfixed temperature
Suitable for general use in ambient temperatures up to 40oC. Provides detection toGrade 2 performance as defined in BS5445 : Part 5.
State 1 (LPC approved) Grade 1, faster rate of temperaturerise as well as fixed temperature
Applicable for areas with normally very steady low ambient temperatures. A faster rateof rise can signal a fire below the normal set temperature at 58oC.
State 2 Grade 1, limited rate of rise Applicable for normal ambient temperature where temperature variations are expectedup to 40oC but faster response than grade 2 is required e.g. hotel bedroom.
State 5 High temperature with rate of rise Provides detection as specified by Range 1 BS5445:Part 8 .
State 6 High temperature with no rate of rise Provides detection as specified by Range 1 BS5445:Part 8.
State 15 No detection No detection. This is a total disablement of the sensor.
Installed equipment testsPreparation
� Check to ensure access will be provided to areas where installed equipment is to betested, such as to locked or secure areas.
� Ensure all sensor dust covers are removed from sensor devices.
� Tests may be made easier by having: sensor extractor tool, smoke poles, smokecanister, heat gun, beam obscuration filter, sensor removal kit and MCP test key, pluskeys to open system equipment. Where applicable read the instructions supplied withthe test kit.
Communication to site occupants
� Before undertaking any of these tests and to prevent unnecessary building evacuation,ensure:
• all affected personnel on the site are informed, via a responsible person that thefire alarm system is being commissioned.
• where there is a link to an alarm receiving centre, the appropriate action should betaken to ensure they are informed that tests are being carried out on the system.
Commissioning Tool
It is much easier for the panel and system to be configured from the Commissioning tool, see theCommissioning tool manual.
Plant equipment
� Prior to any functional tests being carried out on the system, all the plantequipment interfaced to the fire alarm system should be isolated.
� Tests should be carried out following customer consent. It may also be necessary toobtain third-party consent dependent on what plant equipment is connected to thepanels auxiliary contacts.
� All the tests on plant equipment should be as agreed during the project design stage.
Zone 'Test' mode (for EN panels only)
The Zone Test mode is applicable for EN VIGILON 4/6-loop panel, VIGILON Compact panel andVIGILON Compact VA panel only and is used when testing devices in a zone. It allows theengineer to test zones without having to return to the panel to silence alarms and reset the system.
While the panel is in the Zone test mode, following a fire event the alarms sound for 5 seconds andthen automatically the alarms are silenced followed by a panel reset. The panel inhibits theoperation of delay block functions, network functions, auxiliary and clean contact relay's operationin Zone test mode.
� All zones of the system that are not in zone test mode will operate normally.
� To put the control panel into or out of the 'zone test mode': Press Menu On/Off
button and select [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode] and enter the Engineering password, this
need only be done if an Engineering password is set up. Press <etc> and select [Test]
and then select [Zone] and [On] / [Off]. Now enter the zone
number and select [Enter]. The 'Test' LED is lit:
� On completion of all tests, switch Off the [Test] mode and notice the 'Test'LED also switches Off.
'Commission' mode (for BS panels only)
The Commissioning mode is applicable for BS VIGILON 4-loop panels only. It places all the zonesof the system into test state.
� The 'Commission' mode may be used when testing the system. It allows the engineerto test devices without having to return to the panel to perform silence alarms andreset. While the panel is in the Commissioning mode, following a fire event the alarmwill sound for 5 seconds and then automatically a silence alarm sequence isperformed and thereafter a panel reset.
� To put the control panel into or out of the 'commissioning mode': Press Menu On/Off
button and select [Test/Eng]. Select [UserCode] and enter the Engineering password,
this need only be done if an Engineering password is set up. Press <etc> and select
[Commission] and [On] The 'Commission' LED is lit:.
� On completion of commissioning, switch Off the [Commission] mode andnotice the 'Commission' LED is also switches Off.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 81
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Insta
lled
eq
uip
men
tte
sts
Test
Commission
Fire Sensors
�1. When testing heat sensors DO NOT use a heat gun for the test in a hazardousenvironment.
2. Manufacturer recommended test equipment and methods must be used to firetest flame detectors connected via interface unit.
4. When smoke testing fire sensors using artificial smoke, avoid excessive sprayto prevent accumulation of sticky residue on sensor, see instructions on thesmoke canister. Ensure the 'Test mode' is used when performing smoke test onan S-Quad sensor
5. The beam sensors should be tested using obscuration filters to simulatesmoke at the appropriate sensitivity STATE.
The BS5839:Part 1 recommends that all sensors are tested for correct operation.
� Unless otherwise instructed all sensors should be tested. Each Sensor should also bechecked for any physical obstacles that would inhibit the operation of the sensor inthe event of a fire.
� Each Sound and Speech part of the S-Quad and S-Cubed should output the correctsignal at the appropriate volume level in accordance with the Standard requirementsand to meet the site specific needs as agreed with the customer.
� The VAD/Strobe part of S-Quad and S-Cubed should operate at the required flashrate in the event of a fire and is not obstructed.
� Each fire sensor should be tested for correct operation in the event of fire.
� Each speech/sounder should be tested for correct operation in the event of fire.
Manual Call Points
� Each call point should be tested for correct initiation of a fire event.
Interface Units
�1. In some instances it may not be possible to functionally test equipment (plantequipment) connected to input / output circuits off an interface unit.
2. Ensure the contact rating of interface output circuits are adequate for the plantequipment load requirement.
Plant equipment
� Tests should be carried out on the operation of plant equipment, like lift, escalator,door release, fire dampers etc following customer consent. It may also be necessary toobtain third party consent.
� All tests on plant equipment should have been agreed during the project design stage.
Tests
� Where tests are performed on a interface unit check each each circuit failure isindicated at the control panel, such as:
• Battery disconnection*
• Mains supply disconnection*
• Input line open circuit
• Input line short circuit
• Input line detector and MCP fire#
• Output line open circuit ~
• Output line short circuit ~
• Output line operation ~
* - not applicable for the loop powered interface units.
# - a fire from a call point or detector connected to an interface input cannot be differentiated.
Keyswitches
� Where the interface unit input is from a keyswitch, then the keyswitch should beconfigured for correct operation and tested as per project specification.
� Check on operating a keyswitch the confirmation LED, where applicable, is lit toshow operation.
Commissioning instructions
82 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Insta
lled
eq
uip
men
tte
sts
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 83
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Insta
lled
eq
uip
men
tte
sts
S Cubed
� The remote control is only operable when the panel is in the Zone Testmode for an EN system or Commission mode for a BS system.
� Depending on thetype of S-Cubeddevice beingcommissioned checkto ensure correctoutput sound tone,speech message andVAD/strobe rate aregiven. The S-Cubeddevices should havebeen setup using thecommissioning tool.
� The volume of thesounder S-Cubeddevice can beadjusted by using aremote control.
� Each S-Cubed shouldbe tested for correctoperation in the eventof fire.
� The sound levels inthe areas should betested in accordancewith the BritishStandardrequirements and tomeet the site specificneeds, as agreed withthe customer.
Repeat panel (Loop connected)
Each loop repeat panel should be tested for the following:
� System event messages and indications are given
� Local fault events, such as Battery and Mains supply disconnection
� Alarm controls & Cancel Buzzer operation is possible
Mimic Panel
Each Mimic indicator panel should be configured and tested for the following:
� To confirm fires are indicated
� Local fault events, such as Battery and Mains supply disconnection
� Lamp Test
• On an A3 Mimic panel by pressing the button on the centre face of the unit
• On an A2 mimic panel (Legacy panel) by operating the test key
• On an A4 mimic panel (legacy panel) by inserting a 2mm pin like object (for example asmall terminal screwdriver) into a hole located on the underside of the panel enclosure.
Mains powered DAU and micro DAU (Legacy devices)
Each Mains powered DAU and micro DAU should be configured and tested for the following:
� Check to ensure correct output sound tone and speech message are given of fire events.
� Adjust the volume out at speakers on the Speaker circuits using controls on the Mainspowered DAU in accordance with the British Standard requirements and to meet the sitespecific needs as agreed with the customer.Similarly volume level should be adjusted at each micro DAU to the required setting duringcommissioning.
VIGILON Compact VA system (Legacy system)
� A 'Fall back' test must be performed to ensure the central messages are announced. This isachieved by stopping the two loops using the [Test/Eng] menu and then by conducting aSound Alarm from the panel. Restart the loop on completion of the test.
Deviations from standards
� The results of system tests carried out must be in accordance with the relevant standardsand project specification.
� Any deviations must be documented and reported for approval.
Thinnedsectionon base
3m
-m
axim
um
range
Press the function button to toggle between:
function and note the Red LED flashes x2 every 2 secondsToneVolume function and note the Red LED flashes x1 every 2 seconds
Press the button to increase or to select the next
Press the button to decrease or to select the previous
volume tone
volume tone
+-
Wall Sounder device
+-
Red LED
Flash
Steady On
Perform a short press on the Power buttonto turn On the remote control. The Red LED willflash x1 every 2 seconds
Off
Press and hold the Power button to save the adjustments made.The Red LED will remain On whilst the button is held pressed.The data is saved to the device when the tone/speech on the S-Cubed unitstops briefly. Release the button on the remote control and theRed LED will switch Off to complete the adjustment process.
Note: The VAD/strobe light on the S-Cubed unit if fitted will flash rapidly whenthe volume is being adjusted using the remote control.
Remote Control
Trouble shootingIf the remote control fails to operate in closeproximity to the thinned section of the Sounderdevice, then a possible cause may bedischarged battery. In which case replace thebattery.
Vigilon Compact NetworkA VIGILON Compact network can consist of a number of control panels and network nodes wiredtogether in a secure loop. A secure loop is achieved by installation of a network card in eachVIGILON Compact (VA) panel and VIGILON Compact Network Node to facilitate the networkinterconnection of panels and nodes.
Each standalone system is first commissioned before being networked together with other panelsand nodes.
The network commissioning process involves systematic introduction of each standalone system tothe network with tests to ensure the network is working.
The whole networked system is then configured and tested to ensure alarms and global controlsand operates to site requirements.
�When setting the address switches on the 'network card', ensure the network controllerwhich can be the network node or panel is given the lowest address.
A network controller is a node that can be connected to a Central monitoring system.
All panels in a networked system must operate at the same baud rate, normally this is38.4K where copper network card is being used.
Single Network
� Each standalone system must first be fully commissioned individually.
� Check that the correct cable is used to wire the network, the installer's manual lists allthe approved cables.
Commissioning instructions
84 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Netw
ork
side 1
RS485 - up to 1.2Km
SecureNetwork
side 1
side 1
side 1
side 2
side 2
side 2
side 2
Control panelNetwork card (NC)
RS485 - up to 1.2KmRS485 -up to 1.2Km
RS485 - up to 1.2Km
Loop processor card (LPC)
Loop processor card (LPC)
Master Control Board (MCB)
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
lN
etw
ork
ca
rd(N
C)
Lo
op
pro
ce
sso
rca
rd(L
PC
)
Lo
op
pro
ce
sso
rca
rd(L
PC
)
Maste
rC
ontro
lB
oard
(MC
B)
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
lN
etw
ork
ca
rd(N
C)
Lo
op
pro
ce
sso
rca
rd(L
PC
)
Lo
op
pro
ce
sso
rca
rd(L
PC
)
Maste
rC
ontro
lB
oard
(MC
B)
Control panelNetwork card (NC)
Loop processor card (LPC)
Loop processor card (LPC)
Master Control Board (MCB)
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 85
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Netw
ork
Wiring the single network Single network without domain bridge
Cable screen
N/CN/C
Cable screen
N/CWhere a multicore cable is beingused ensure the unused cores(cores without signal) areconnected to 0V.
N/C = No connection
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
MASTER CONTROL BOARD
Connections for Network card inCard 2
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
Connections for Network card inCard 2
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
MASTER CONTROL BOARD
N/C
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
MASTER CONTROL BOARD
Connections for Network card inCard 2
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
MASTER CONTROL BOARD
Connections for Network card inCard 2
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
MASTER CONTROL BOARD
The cable screen mustbe connected to an earthterminal in the backbox,as shown.
Node 1Node 3
Node 2
Vigilon CompactControl panel
Network Card
Address 2Baud 38.4K
Node 4
Vig
ilon
Co
mpa
ct
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
1B
au
d3
8.4
K
Vig
ilon
Co
mpa
ct
Co
ntr
olpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
3B
au
d3
8.4
K
Vigilon CompactControl panel
Network Card
Address 4Baud 38.4K
Network Card for VIGILON Compact - baud and node address switch settings
� The copper network card for use in a Vigilon Compact panel is factory set to 38.4K baud with node address 4. Both node address and Baud rate can bechanged to another other setting by configuring the switches on the Network card.
Node address Baud rate
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
64 off off off off off off off off 2400
1 on off off off off off on off 9600
2 off on off off off off off on 19.2K
3 on on off off off off on on 38.4K
4 off off on off off off
63 on on on on on on
Address Baud
- factory settings
Commissioning instructions
86 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Netw
ork
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8on off
Component side
Powering-up the Network
� Add one panel at a time starting from the network controller (Node 1) at side 1.
� It can take a few minutes for the system map to update.
� For each panel powered-up the network controller will automatically try to establishcommunication with the connected equipment.
� The network controller will display the status of the network as being started, secureor non-secure and from now on will monitor and control the networkcommunications.
� Use disable comms to isolate a panel from the rest of the network, ie it operates at the
network card in an echo mode, select Menu On/Off -> [Control] -> [Disable] ->
[Comms] and enter the Network Card usually number 4.
How to check a Network map
� Using the Menu On/Off -> [Info] -> [Map] -> [NetMap] option to enter thenetwork card address n.
The display will provide a list in cabling order the addresses of panels in thenetworked system.
These are examples of different networks. The lowest address ‘1’ has been given tothe network controller.
This example shows the network is not secure
This example shows the network is secure
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 87
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Netw
ork
Map information for Network at card 10Nodes on side 11 9 7 6 5Nodes on side 21 3
Map information for Network at card 10
Nodes on side 1
1 9 7 6 5 3 1
Nodes on side 2
How to check Network Card status
Using the Menu On/Off -> [Info] -> [Status] -> [Card] and enter the network card address in thiscase it is '4'. The display will confirm:
� the address of the network card
� the address of network controller
� and a set of condition codes
Errors meaning
Parity Parity is incorrect, data corrupted.
Framing 8- bit transmitted incorrectly and the data line does not return tologic 1 at the end of the transmission.
CRC Cyclic redundancy code. When a message consisting of a numberof 8 bit transmissions is sent, a calculation is carried out to checkthat data corruption has not occurred.
Time outerror
Where an 8 bit transmission block is not fully received, thenetwork card will time out ready to receive the next message. Atime out error will also be generated for each parity/ framing error.
Errors meaning
Freeblock Free memory blocks available to temporarily store messageswaiting to be processed. The maximum number = 199, although itmay drop as low as 175 - 180 on a highly populated network. Alower value may indicate a high error value and will requirerectification.
Fault Finding
� The communication path in a secure network will alternate between end 1 (side 1) andend 2 (side 2) every minute.
� The network will be non secure until the last panel is connected and powered-up.
High errors
� Check cable lengths and type used.
� Check wiring, connections and earthing arrangements. Check the network cable iscorrectly earthed to the equipment.
� Replace network card at point of failure, where required.
� Check the addresses and baud rates of the network cards of all the networked panels.
� It may be necessary to investigate and:
• look at the noise voltage between conductors, screen and earth.
� Always reset the Network Card first when rechecking for errors, using[Test/Eng] -> [Card] ->[Reset] -> Network Card 4.
On completion of the above the networked system may now be configured for network operation,for master sectors and global controls to be actioned as per site requirements.
Commissioning instructions
88 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Netw
ork
Card 4 Is OK Fault 0:Disable 0:Warning 0
Address (0) Version 4.06 5/7/06
Node 3 Controller 1 Baud Rate 38400
Condition 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 198 199
Side 2
Parity/
Framing
error
Side 1
Parity/
Framing
error
Side 2
CRC
Side 1
CRC
Side 2 Side 1 Endcommunicating
1 or 2
Freeblock
Check
software
1 error = count of10 but every 1secthe counter isdecremented by 1
Currentmessageerrors
1 error =count of100
Timingerrors
UARTtype
0-Rockwell1-Phillips
2-Phillips SMTOnly appearson Controller
Single Vigilon NetworkA VIGILON network consists of a number of control panels of standalone systems and networknodes wired together in a secure loop using copper or fibre network cards.
A secure loop is achieved by installation of a copper or fibre network cards in each VIGILON paneland VIGILON Network Node to facilitate the interconnection of panels and nodes. Each standalonesystem is first commissioned before being networked together with other panels and nodes.
The commissioning involves systematic introduction of each standalone system to the network andtests to ensure the network is working.
The whole networked system is then configured and tested to ensure alarms and global controlsoperates to site requirements.
�When setting the address switches on the 'network card', ensure the network controlleris given the lowest address.
A network controller is a node/panel that can be connected to a Central monitoringsystem.
All panels in a networked system must operate at the same baud rate, normally this valueis 38.4K where copper network cards are being used and 115.2K where Fibre networkcards are being used.
Single Network
� Each standalone system must first be fully commissioned individually.
� Check that the correct cable is used to wire the network.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 89
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Sin
gle
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
side 1
RS485 - up to 1.2KmFibre optics - up to 2Km
SecureNetwork
side 1
side 1
side 1
side 2
side 2
side 2
side 2
Network card (NC) *
Spare
Local controller card (LCC)
Input output card (IOC)
* - can be copper or fibre network card
RS23215mmax
Ne
two
rkca
rd(N
C)
*
Inp
uto
utp
utca
rd(I
OC
)x
3O
pt.
Lo
ca
lco
ntr
olle
rca
rd(L
CC
)
Inp
uto
utp
utca
rd(I
OC
)
Ne
two
rkN
od
e
Loop processor card (LPC) x 6
Local controller card (LCC)
Input output card (IOC)
Network card (NC) *
Control panel
Lo
op
pro
ce
sso
rca
rd(L
PC
)x
6
Lo
ca
lco
ntro
ller
ca
rd(L
CC
)
Inp
uto
utp
utca
rd(IO
C)
Ne
two
rkca
rd(N
C)
*
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Central Monitoringsystem
Network Node
RS485 - up to 1.2KmFibre optics - up to 2Km
RS485 - up to 1.2KmFibre optics - up to 2Km
RS485 - up to 1.2KmFibre optics - up to 2Km
Wiring a Copper network
Wiring a Fibre network
Commissioning instructions
90 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Sin
gle
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
C8
76
54
32
1
BACKPLANE
Control Panel
Side 1(End 1)
P7Rx
P4Tx
P6Rx
P5Tx
P3P2
Links P2 and P3 are booster links.Normally the links are not fitted, however fordistance exceeding 750m the links must be fitted.
Rx
Tx
C8
76
54
32
1
BACKPLANE
Control Panel
P7Rx
P4Tx
P6Rx
P5Tx
P3P2
RxTx
Side 2(End 2)
Side 1(End 1)
Side 2(End 2)
Cable screen
N/C
0V1 +VE1 -VE1 0V2 N/C +VE2 -VE2 N/CP10
Connections forNetwork card inSocket P8 (Card 6)
Control Panel
P10
Connections forNetwork card inSocket P8 (Card 6)
BACKPLANE(post 08-2006)
Control Panel
0V1 +VE1 -VE1 0V2 N/C +VE2 -VE2 N/C
BACKPLANE(post 08-2006)
Fromprevious
panelor node
Noconnection
P10
(Pre 08-2006) BACKPLANE
OLD Legacy Control Panel
Connections forNetwork card inSocket P8 (Card 6)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80V -ve +ve 0V I -ve +ve |
Compact Control Panel
Connections forNetwork card inSocket Card 2 of MCB
0V L2- L2+ 0V L1- L1+
To Nextpanelor node
Single network without domain bridge Powering-up the Network
� Add one panel at a time starting from the network controller, adding one panel/node
at a time to side 1.
� It can take a few minutes for the system map to update.
� For each panel powered-up the network controller will automatically try to establishcommunication with the connected equipment.
� The network controller will display the status of the network as being started, secureor non-secure and from now on will monitor and control the networkcommunications.
� Use disable comms to isolate a panel from the rest of the network, ie it operates at the
network card in an echo mode, select Menu On/Off -> [Control] -> [Disable] ->
[Comms] and enter the Network Card address, usually card 6.
How to check a Network map
� Using the Menu On/Off -> [Info] -> [Map] -> [NetMap] menu, enter the network
card address, usually card 6 and select [E].
The display will provide a list in cabling order the addresses of panels/nodes in thenetworked system.
Here are examples of different networks. The lowest address ‘1’ is normally thenetwork controller.
Nodes on side 1 of a SECURE NETWORK
1 10 4 24 3 6 2 22 7 23 1
Nodes on side 1 of a NON-SECURE NETWORK
1 10 4 24 3 6
Nodes on side 2 of NON-SECURE NETWORK
1 23 7 22 2
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 91
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Sin
gle
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
must all be set to the samesettings at all the panels / nodes in a singlenetworked system without domain bridge.
IO Card switches must be set to the Offposition. The network baud and domainaddress switch are located on the DKC.These switches
Node 1Node 3
Node 2
Control panel
Network Card
Address 2Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Network Card
Address 4Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
1B
au
d3
8.4
K
Control panel
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
3B
au
d3
8.4
K
Node 4
DK
CA
dd
ress
1B
au
d1
9.2
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DKCAddress 1Baud 19.2K
DKCAddress 1Baud 19.2K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DK
CA
dd
ress
1B
au
d1
9.2
K
How to check Network Card status
Using the Menu On/Off -> [Info] -> [Status] -> [Card] and enter the network card number, usuallythis is card number 6 and select [E]. The display will confirm the:
� address of the network card
� address of network controller
� and a set of condition codes
Errors meaning
Parity Parity is incorrect, data corrupted.
Framing 8- bit transmitted incorrectly and the data line does not returnto logic 1 at the end of the transmission.
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Code. When a message consisting of anumber of 8 bit transmissions is sent, a calculation is carriedout to check that data corruption has not occurred.
Errors meaning
Time outerror
Where an 8 bit transmission block is not fully received, thenetwork card will time out ready to receive the next message.Time out error will also be generated for each parity/ framingerror.
Freeblock Free memory blocks available to temporarily store messageswaiting to be processed.The maximum number = 199, although it may drop as low as175 - 180 on a highly populated network. A lower value mayindicate a high error value and will require rectification.
Fault Finding
� The communication path in a secure network will alternate between end 1 (side 1) andend 2 (side 2) every minute.
� The network will be non secure until the last panel is connected and powered-up.
High errors
� Check cable lengths and type used.
� Check wiring, connections and earthing arrangements. Check the network cable iscorrectly earthed to the equipment.
� Replace network card at the point of failure.
� Check the addresses and baud rates of the input / output and network cards of thenetworked panels.
� It may be necessary to escalate an investigation to look at the noise voltage betweenconductors, screen and earth.
� Always reset the Network Card first when rechecking for errors, using[Test/Eng] -> [Card] ->[Reset] -> Network Card number, normally Card 6 and select [E].
The networked system may now be configured for network commands to be actioned, such asmaster sectors and global controls as per site requirements.
Commissioning instructions
92 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Sin
gle
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
Card 6 Is OK Fault 0: Warning 0
Network (0) Version 4.xx 31/04/15
Address 5 Controller 5 Baud Rate 38400
condition 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 198 199
Side 2
Parity/
Framing
error
Side 1
Parity/
Framing
error
Side 2
CRC
Side 1
CRC
Side 2 Side 1 Endcommunicating
1 or 2
Freeblock
Check
software
1 error = count of10 but every 1secthe counter isdecremented by 1
Currentmessageerrors
1 error =count of100
Timing errors
UARTtype
0-Rockwell1-Phillips
2-Phillips SMTOnly appearson Controller
Multiple Vigilon NetworksDomain Bridge using Input Output card
Two or more VIGILON networks can be connected together at domain bridge IO cards by having adirect RS232 connection, Modems, Fibre Optics units or NPORT units. This allows the display ofevents at any control panel/Network node in the connected networks.
Two networks using Domain bridge IO card
Star network using Domain bridge IO cards
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 93
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
Previous NextPrevious Next
IOCRS232
15m max
DOMAINBRIDGE
Modem
Computernetwork
FibreOptics
IOC
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
VIG-DOM-MODEM
VIG-NPORT-100
VIG-NC-DOM-FO
NC FO
DOM
NC FO
DOM
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous NextPrevious Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
DomainBridge
DomainBridge
DomainBridge
Network Node- 4 IOC Cards- 1 Network Card
If remote sites areresidential it is notpermissible to rely ondomain bridge link tocall fire brigade
Domain3
IOCDomain
4
IOCDomain
2
IOC
Domain1
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
IOCIOC
IOC
IOC IOC
IO domain bridge network switch settings
Commissioning instructions
94 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
Domain 2
Node 1
Node 3
Node 2
Control panel
Network Card
Address 2Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Network Card
Address 3Baud 38.4K
Control panelN
etw
ork
Ca
rd
Ad
dre
ss
1B
au
d3
8.4
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DKCAddress 2Baud 19.2K
DKCAddress 2Baud 19.2K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DK
CA
dd
ress
2B
au
d1
9.2
K
Switch settings on cards insideEN54 Vigilon panels / Nodeswhere Domain Bridge IO Cardis used to network the fire systems
Domain Bridge
Domain 1
IO Card switches must be set to Off,these are now located on the DKC.
Node 1
Node 3
Node 2
Control panel
Network Card
Address 2Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Network Card
Address 3Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
1B
au
d3
8.4
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DKCAddress 1Baud 19.2K
DKCAddress 1Baud 19.2K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DK
CA
dd
ress
1B
au
d1
9.2
K
Network card address setting is for theDomain Bridge IO Card address setting is for the
Node addressDomain address
Baud rate settings must be set as shown in this diagram.
Message routing
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 95
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
NC
IOCDomainbridge
IOCDomainbridge
MCC
Control panelMessagesfromthe localnetwork
NC
MCC
Control panelMessages tothe localnetwork
Message routing at Card 0
All events - 1
Domain 2 - Card 6
Domain 3 - Card 6
Message routing at Card 6
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 2,3
Message routing at Card 15
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: None
--------------------------------
Controlpanel
Message routing at Card 0
All events - 1
Domain 1 - Card 15
Domain 3 - Card 15
Message routing at Card 6
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 1,3
Message routing at Card 15
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: None
--------------------------------
Message routing at Card 0
All events - 1
Domain 2 - Card 15
Domain 3 - Card 1
Message routing at Card 6
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 2,3
Message routing at Card 15
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 3
--------------------------------
Message routing at Card 1
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 2
Thewill accept
from Master group 1 and route messagestovia the (Card 6).
Main controller card(Card 0) all messages
domains 2 and 3network card
Messagesfrom otherNetworkDomains
The (Card 6)will accept messagesto and from Master group 1
viathe (Card 0).
Network cardall
local controller carddomains 2 and 3
The(Card 15) has no need toroute messagesas there is nothing connected.
Domain bridge IO card
Message routing at Card 0
All events - 1
Domain 1 - Card 15
Domain 2 - Card 15
Message routing at Card 6
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 1,2
Message routing at Card 15
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: None
--------------------------------
IOCDomainbridge
Messagesto otherNetworkDomains
15
1
Domain 2 Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Domain 1
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next Domain 3
IOCDomainbridge
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Commissioning instructions
96 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
Domain bridge message passing tests
To check the domain bridge connections and to ensure messagescan be passed between networks the following must be done.
Trigger an event in a network, such as a fault.
� Check the event is passed on to the connecting networksand is displayed at the networked control panels
� Repeat the test at each network to establish messagepassing between networks
� Finally back up the cards of the panel including theNetwork card and IO card to the Memory. This ensuresthe panels of each network knows the location ofnetwork controller, ie the domain bridge connectionpoint.
Domain bridge using Fibre Optic network card
Up to 64 small VIGILON networks can be connected together in a secure loop by using domain bridge fibre optics network card(VIG-NC-DOM-FO), with the card installed in socket P7 of the backplane. This allows the display of events at any control panel inthe connected networks.
The above diagram shows small fibre networks connected together by a fibre network domain. It is equally possible to mix smallcopper networks and small fibre networks together in the manner shown above to a network domain.
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Fibre Optics Domain bridge network card( installed in P7 of backplaneVIG-DOM-NC-FO)Network
domain bridge
#
#
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
#
Fibre opticpatch panel
Fibre patch cable
Fibre opticpatch panel Panel/NodePanel/Node
Tx Tx
RxRx
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 20XX
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
Cb253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
#
#
#
#
FO Domain Network switch settings
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 97
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
sM
ult
iple
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
sM
ult
iple
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
sM
ult
iple
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
sM
ult
iple
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
sM
ult
iple
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
sM
ult
iple
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
sM
ult
iple
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
sM
ult
iple
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
s
Network card address is theIO Card address is the
Node addressDomain address
Baud rate settings must be as shown.
The FO Network DOM card switches mustbe set to the domain address
Switch settings for Cardsinside an EN54 Vigilon panelwhere a Fibre Optic Network
Card is installedDomain
Bridge
Domain 1
Node 1
Node 3 Node 2
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
2B
au
d3
8.4
K
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
3B
au
d3
8.4
K
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Network Card
Address 1Baud 38.4K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DK
CA
dd
ress
1B
au
d1
9.2
K
DK
CA
dd
ress
1B
au
d1
9.2
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DKCAddress 1Baud 19.2K
Fibre Optics Network domain ring
FO NetworkDOM CardAddress 1Baud 230.4K
Domain3
Node 1
Node 3 Node 2
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
2B
au
d3
8.4
K
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
3B
au
d3
8.4
K
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Network Card
Address 1Baud 38.4K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DK
CA
dd
ress
3B
au
d1
9.2
K
DK
CA
dd
ress
3B
au
d1
9.2
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DKCAddress 3Baud 19.2K
Network DOMCardAddress 3Baud 230.4K
Domain 5
Node 1Node 3 Node 2
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
2B
au
d3
8.4
K
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
3B
au
d3
8.4
K
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Network DOMCardAddress 5Baud 230.4K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DK
CA
dd
ress
5B
au
d1
9.2
K
DK
CA
dd
ress
5B
au
d1
9.2
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DKCAddress 5Baud 19.2K
Domain 6
Node 1Node 3 Node 2
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
2B
au
d3
8.4
K
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
3B
au
d3
8.4
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DK
CA
dd
ress
6B
au
d1
9.2
K
DK
CA
dd
ress
6B
au
d1
9.2
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Network DOMCardAddress 6Baud 230.4K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DKCAddress 6Baud 19.2K
NetworkCardAddress 1Baud 38.4K
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Network DOMCardAddress 4Baud 230.4K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DKCAddress 4Baud 19.2K
Domain 4
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DKCAddress 2Baud 19.2K
FO NetworkDOM CardAddress 2Baud 230.4K
Domain 2
Network CardAddress 1Baud 38.4K
Appendix A-1 - Menu maps for EN54 (V4) Vigilon panelThe menu options [Control], [SetUp], [Info] and [Test/Eng] are accessible on pressing the MENU ON/OFF button.
Commissioning instructions
98 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-1
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
(V4)
Vig
ilo
np
an
el
*See Controlmenu map 2-2
Access level 2b Access level 2a
[Control] [Set Up] [ Info ] [ Test/Eng ]
[Enable] [Disable] <etc> [Sector]~
[MSector] <etc> [Sounder]~
[Timeslot]~
[Sound]
<etc>
[Silence] [Reset] <etc> [StartMA] [StopMA] [UserCode]
Params{ } [Action]
[Aux Rly]
Params1-2{ } [On] [Off]
[E] [C] [Q]
Params1-207{ } [Loop]
Params1-8{ } [Action]
Params1-16{ } [Delay][On]
ParamsHH:MM:SS{ } [On]
[E] [C] [Q]
[Pause] [Build] <etc>
[E] [C] [Q]Params0-30sec{ }
Params1-255{ } [On] [Off]
[E] [C] [Domain]Params1-255{ }
[E] [C] [Q]
[Sig1][Off] [Sig2] [Sig3]
[Off]
[Off]
[Node] [E] [C] [Q][E] [C] [Q]
EN Vigilon with MCC/MCBV4.53 or higher[ ] Menu map 1
Control panel
Control
at
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[Verify] <etc>
if off if on
[On] [Q]
[E] [C] [Q]
[Test] [Q][Paper Fd] [Off]
8 Linefeeds
[E] [C] [Q]
****** P R I N T E R T E S T ******
!"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGH
IJKLMNOPQRSRUVWXYZ[=]^-`abcdefghijklmnop
qrstuvwxyz{|}
[Printer] [DelayBlk]~
Params1-16{ } [Delayed]
[E] [C] [Q]ParamsMM:SS0-10min
{ }
[End]
[E] [C] [Q]
[Stop]
[Audio]~
See Controlmenu map 2-4
#
# - The ‘Print’ option will only appear if aprinter is connected to the panel.
[Signal1][Off] [Signal2] [Signal3]
[E] [C] [Q]
[Signal1][All] [Signal2] [Signal3]
[E] [C] [Q]Params1-255{ }
See Controlmenu map 2-1
~ - These menu options are not applicable for a Network node.
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2aAccess level 2a
1-255
Access level 3
[Sensing]~
[IO Line]~
<etc> [Sector]~
[Zone]~
[Group]~
Params1-4{ } [Device]
Params1-128{ } [E] [C] [Q]
<etc> <etc>
Params0-15{ } [E] [C] [Port]
<etc>
Params1-8{ } [E] [C] [Q]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
[FARE]
Params1-2{ }[E] [C] [Q]
Params0-3{ } [E] [C] [Q]
[Build]
Params1-255{ } [E] [C] [Q]Params
1-32{ } [E] [C] [Q]
Params1-8{ } [E] [C] [Q]
[MAlarm]
[E] [C] [Q]
[MSector]~
Params1-255{ } [E] [C] [Q]
[Audio]~
See Controlmenu map 2-3
[Sounders]~
*
Access level 2bParams1-8{ } [E] [C] [Q]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
[FARE]
[Off] [On]
[E] [C] [Q]
- These menu options will appear ona Vigilon Compact VA panel only.
[Digital]~
[Voice]~
<etc>
<etc> [AuxRly][FPE]
[E] [C] [Q] [E] [C] [Q]
[Comms]
*#
#
- This menu option will appear on a Vigilon panelwhen a D1 system is connected.
Params1-263{ } [On] [Off]
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 99
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
A-1
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
(V4)
Vig
ilo
np
an
el
[Audio]
Controlmenu map 2-3
[Audio]
Controlmenu map 2-4
EN Vigilon with MCC/MCB at V4.53 or higher[Control] Menu map 2-1 to 2-4
Control panel
[Music]
[Message]
[Message] [Aux Msg] [Alm Msg]
Params0-31{ }[Off] [On]
[E] [C] [Q]
<etc>
[Alm Zone]Params0-31{ }
[E] [C] [Q]Params1-10{ } [E] [C] [Q]
[Signal1][Off] [Signal2] [Signal3]
Params1-10{ }
<etc>[Micphone]
[Off] [On]
[E] [C] [Q]Params1-10{ }
[PA]
[E] [C] [Q]
[Music] [Per Msg]
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[PA]
[Off] [On]
[E] [C] [Q]Params1-10{ }
Message
Tone
[Sector]
Params1-32{ } [Loop]
Params1-8{ } [Action]
[Signal1][Off] [Signal2] [Signal3]
[E] [C] [Q]
[E][From] [C][Q]
[Sig1] [Sig2][Sig1]
[E][From] [C][Q]
[Off] [Off][Sig1]
[E][From] [C][Q]
[Sig2] [Sig3]
EN Vigilon Compact Voice Alarm onlyControl panel with MCB at V4.53 or higher
Controlmenu map 2-1
[Option] This option will only be displayed with Freeblocksswitched On, see Test Engineering
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
Access level 3
Access level 3
Access level 2b
Access level 2b
Access level 3[Digital]~
Params1-4{ } [On] [Off] [Pulse]
Params1-207{ } [Loop]
[E] [C] [Q]Params1-8{ }
Params0-15{ } [Device]
[E] [C] [Q]Params1-8{ }
Params1-207{ } [Loop]
Controlmenu map 2-2
Access level 3
Commissioning instructions
100 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-1
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
(V4)
Vig
ilo
np
an
el
[Control] [Set Up] [Info] [Test/Eng]
<etc>
[UserCode]
[Protect][Remove] [Backup] [Recover]<etc> <etc>[SetClock]
[Next] [Retard] [Advance] [Enter]
[Assign][Modify] [Enter] <etc>[Set Up]
{ }
[Label]
{ }Params1-128
[MCP]~
[IO Line]~
[Device]
<etc> [Zone]~
[Local] <etc>
[Loop]
[Device]~
Params1-8
{ }Params1-207
{ }Params1-4
[Deaction]
[C] [Q][E]
[En] [Dis]
<etc>
Enter Label
[Period]~
[Signal 1]~
[Signal 2]~
[Signal 3]~
<etc> <etc>
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]
[Sounder] [Output]
Enter upto 8 FAB/SAB pairs
[Action]
See Set upmenu map 3
See Setupmenu map 2-1
[Sound]~
[Signal1]
[Loop]
[Action]
[Sector]
{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[MAlarm] [Buzzer]
[NoAction]
[Signal2] [Signal3]
[C] [Q][E]
[Disable]/[Enable]
{ }Params1-2s
[C] [Q][E][C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]
[NoAction]
EN Vigilon with MCC/MCB at V4.53 or higherControl panel[ ] Menu map 1Set Up
# [Save]
[Custom]
Enter Label
[C] [Q][E]
[NVM Card]
[C] [Q][E]
[SD Card]
*
[NVM Card]
* - [SD Card] option is for Vigilon Compact panel
only when a SD Card is fitted.
See Setupmenu map 2-2
[Man Fire] <etc>[MCP];[Auto Fire]
[C] [Q][E]
[NVM Card]
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params0-15
[SD Card]
*
Access level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
Access level 3
Access level 2a
[Option] These options will only be displayed with Freeblocksswitched On, see Test Engineering
~ - These menu options are not applicable at a Network node.
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
{ }Params0-15
# - The [Save] option will only appear under the customer password at
(access level 2), which is used to save changes to labels and clock settings.
[NVM Card]
[C] [Q][E]
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 101
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
A-1
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
(V4)
Vig
ilo
np
an
el
[Device]~
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[MCP]~
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
[IO Line]~
<etc> <etc> [MAlarm] <etc>
{ }Params1-8
[Zone] [Group][FPE]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-32 [C] [Q][E]{ }Params
1-128
[Device]{ }Params1-4
{ } [Loop]Params1-207
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-32
[Sector]
[Sector]~
{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[Loop]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-255
[MSector]
[Group]~
{ }Params0-128
{ }Params1-8
[MGroup]
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[AuxRly]
{ }Params1-2
{ }Params1-255
[MSector]
[C] [Q][E]
EN Vigilon with MCC/MCB at V4.53 or higherControl panel[ ] Menu map 2-1 and 2-2Set Up
[Build]
{ }Params1-255
[Sound]
[C] [Q][E]
[Silence] [Reset]
[DelayBlk]
{ }Params1-16
{ }Params1-255
[MSector]
[C] [Q][E]
[Remove][Assign]
Setupmenu map 2-1
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-10
[AlmZone]
Applicable for VigilonCompact VA only
[Sector]~
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
[Sector]{ }Params1-8
[DelayBlk]
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-16
[C] [Q][E]
[Signal1]{ }Params1-255
[Signal2] [Signal3]
[C] [Q][E]
[MSector]
[MSector]{ }Params1-255
<etc> [AuxRly]
[Sector]~
{ }Params1-2
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]
[Fault] [Disable]
<etc>
[Signal1]{ }Params1-8
[Signal2] [Signal3]
[C] [Q][E]
[DelayBlk]
[Sector]{ }Params1-16
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-16
[C] [Q][E]
[DelayBlk]
[Deaction][Action]
Setupmenu map 2-2
~ - These menu options are not applicable at a Network node.
Access level 3
Access level 3
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
[Sector] <etc> <etc>
[C] [Q][E]
Commissioning instructions
102 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-1
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
(V4)
Vig
ilo
np
an
el [Build] <etc>[FARE]
See Set UpMenu map 4-1
{ }Params1-16
[TimeSlot]~
[Day] [TimeBlok][Enable]
{ } [Disable]ParamsHH:MM:SS
{ }ParamsHH:MM:SS
[C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]
[Set Up]
[Zone]~
<etc> [Messages] [Global] <etc>[Sector]~
{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[Loop]
[On][Off]
[Sounder]
See Set Upmenu Map 4-2
<etc> [DST]
[Mon] [Tue] [Wed] <etc> [Thu] [Fri] [Sat] <etc> [Sun] [And] [Or]
[C] [Q][E]
[Disable] [Start] [End][Enable]
[C] [Q][E]01:00 0 25-31 3 1 0(HH:MM Day Date 1 -Date 2 month offsets)
[Device]~
EN Vigilon with MCC/MCB atV4.53 or higher
Control panel
[ ] Menu map 3Set Up
[SAFE]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-255
[S Cubed]
[Signal1]
[Volume] [Soft St]
[Signal2][Find Dev] [Signal3]
[Signal]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params16-100
{ }Params0-255
<etc>
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
{ } [State]enable (on)
Params1-8
{ }Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-15
[State]disable (off)
[TimeBlok] <etc>[Device]~
{ }Params0-15
[Output]
[Fire]
[C] [Q][E]
[Link] [Unlink]
[All]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Card]
[Audio]~
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-10minMM:SS
[DelayBlk]
[Action] [Delayed]{ }Params1-16
{ }
Set upmenu map 3
[Step]{ }Params0-100
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-100
[C] [Q][E]Voice/Tonenumber
[Signal1] [Signal2] [Signal3] <etc> [Off] [NoAction] <etc>
[C] [Q][E]ParamsMM:SS0-10min
[E] [C] [Q]
[Sig1] [Sig2] [Sig3]
[E][From] [C] [Q]
[Sig1][Off]
[E][From] [C] [Q]
[Sig1][Off] [Sig2]
[E][From] [C] [Q]
[Fire]
[C] [Q][E]
[All]
{ }Params1-128
[C] [Q][E]
[Off]
[MGroup] [Auto Zone] [ManZone]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
{ }Params1-8
[Output] [Link] [Unlink]
MGroup
[C] [Q][E]
[Silence] [Sound][Reset]
[Output] [Both] [None][Input]
{ }Params1-8
[Verify]
MGroup
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
<etc>[Verify]~
Access level 3
See Set Up menu Map 4-3
~ - These menu options are not applicable at a Network node.
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[AuxRly]
{ } [Delayed]Params1-2
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-10minMM:SS
[Off]
[C] [Q][E]
[On]
{ }Params1-207
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-15
[Loop]
where0 = remove
[Resound]
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 103
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
A-1
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
(V4)
Vig
ilo
np
an
el
These menu options are for a Vigilon Compact VA panel only
[Build]
[Action] [Label]
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[Trigger]
[Loop]
[Device]
[IO Line]~
{ }Params1-255
{ }Params1-48
{ }Params1-207
[TimeBlk] [Sector]~
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-128
[Mode]
[Zone] [1stDev] [AllDev]
[C] [Q][E]
[TimeBlok] [Task]
[Trigger]{ }Params1-8
[Sensors]{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[Remove]
<etc> [MSector] [Channel]~
[None] <etc>
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-15
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-255
[Loop]
[Device]{ }Params1-6
{ }Params1-207
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Zone]~
Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]{ }
[PreFires]{ }Params0-3
[Fires]{ }Params0-3
[Start MA]
[C] [Q][E]
[Stop MA]+ [NoAction] [UserCode]
[Display]
[C] [Q][E]
[None]
Enter text to be displayed
[C] [Q][E]
[Reversb]
[C] [Q][E]
[Not Revs]
Access to wholeof [Control] menu
[C] [Q][E]
EN Vigilon with MCC/MCB atV4.53 or higher
Control panel
Menu map 4-1, 4-2 and 4-3[Set Up]
[Print] [Both]
Set upmenu map 4-1
Set upmenu map 4-2
[SuperFires]{ }Params0-3
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
[Music]
[Audio]~
Set upmenu map 4-3
[Microphone] [Aux Msg]<etc> <etc>[PA]
[A] [B] [Tone]
[C][Q][E]Params1-31{ }
[C] [Q][E]
[Action] [Deaction]
Params1-10{ }
[TimeBlock]
[C] [Q][E]Params0-15{ }
[C] [Q][E]Params0-15{ }
[C] [Q][E]
[Tone] [Message]
Params0-31{ }
Params1-3{ }
[C] [Q][E]
[Action] [Deaction]
Params1-10{ }
<etc> [Slot] [Interval] <etc>
[Tone] [Message]Params1-8{ } [TimeSlot]
[C] [Q][E]Params0-31{ } [C] [Q][E]Params
0-15{ }
[C] [Q][E]Params0-255{ }
Access level 3
~ - These menu options are not applicable at a Network node.+ - Not a reversible action
Access level 3 Access level 3
[C] [Q][E]
[Action] [Deaction]
Params1-10{ }
<etc> [Per Msg]
[Option] Option only displayed with freeblock ON
[Resound]
[Resound]
[Sound] [Delay][Fire]
[C] [Q][E]
[Off] [On] [Stop] [Time][Pause] [Action]
[C] [Q][E]
Set upmenu map 4-3
[Off] [On]
Commissioning instructions
104 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-1
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
(V4)
Vig
ilo
np
an
el
[Control] [Set Up] [Info] [Test/Eng]
<etc>[Active] [Historic] [Events] [Label] [UserCode] [TimeAvg] [Status] [Map] <etc>
[E]
[E]{ }Params1-255
[C] [Node]{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q]
[Fault] [Warning] [Supervis] [Exception] [HistFire]<etc>
[E]
[E]
[Card] [Node]
[E]{ }Params0-15
[N] [Q][P]
[E]
[E]{ }Params1-255
[N] [Q][P]
[Card] [Node]
[E]{ }Params0-15
[Active] [Log]
[E]{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q]
[E]{ }Params1-100
[C] [Q]
{ }
{ }Params1-128
[MCP]~
[IO Line]~
[Device]
<etc> [Zone]~
[Local] <etc>
[Loop]
[Device]~
Params1-8
{ }Params1-207
{ }Params1-4
[C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
[Device]{ }Params1-6
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[N] [C][P][R]
[Device]{ }Params1-8
{ }Params1-207
[C] [Q][E]
[Net Map]~
{ }Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]
<etc>
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
[Device]~
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
[Sector]~
[E]{ }Params0-15
[Card]
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Domain][E]
[Node][C]
{ }Params1-128
[Zone]~
[Group]~
[Network]
{ }Params1-32
[SectLink]~
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Loop]
[DelayLink]~
<etc>
[Sounders]
[Start][Config]
<etc>
[C] [Q][E]
<etc>
[Q][E]
[Display] [Print]These options will only appear if a printer is fitted.
[Loop Map]
EN Vigilon with MCC/MCB atV4.53 or higher
Control panel
[ ] Menu mapInfo
{ }Params1-16
[TimeSlot]~
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-2
[AuxRly] <etc>
[C] [Q][E]
[SD Card]
*
[C] [Q][E]
[DelayBlk]~
[Test]
[E] [Card]
[E]{ }Params0-15
[Node]
[E]
{ }Params1-10
[Alm Zone]
[C] [Q][E]
<etc>
[Audio]~
[C] [Q][E]
These options for are for aVigilon Compact VA panel only
[Disable]
[Global]
[C] [Q][E]
<etc>
{ }Params0-15
[Message]
[C] [Q][E]
[Card]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
[Device]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
<etc>[MGroup]
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[MSector] [MSLink]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[DST]
[C] [Q][E]
<etc>
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[Build]
* - The [SD Card] option is for a Vigilon Compact panel
only when an SD Card is fitted.
will only appear if a network card is fitted in the Control paneland are not applicable at a network node.
~ -
<etc>
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
Access level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
Access level 2a
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[P] = [Previous]
[N] = [Next]
[N] [Q][P]
Example
{ }Params1-255
[FARE] [FPE] <etc>
DefaultSig1 65 00 65 00 65 00 65 00 10Sig2 4F 25 4F 25 4F 25 4F 25 15Sig3 4F 00 4F 00 4F 00 4F 00 15
Audio ControlMusic OffMicrophone Tone 2Aux Msg 2,9 2,10 2,14PA Tone 2PA Alm Zone A : 1
Music TimeBlock: 0Music Alm Zone: 1
PA Alm Zone B : 1
[C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 105
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
A-1
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
(V4)
Vig
ilo
np
an
el
Access level 2b
[Control] [Set Up] [Info] [Test/Eng]
<etc>
[DispTest] [UserCode]
[Config][Loop]~
[Card] [Test]<etc>
{ }Params0-15
[Disable]
[E]
[N] [Q][P]
[Fault] [Exception] [All]
[Card] [Node][E]
{ }Params1-255
[E]
<etc>[Clear] [NewPass] [Zone]~
[Buzzer] [Language] [Display]
Enter anaccess code
[Disable] [Fault] [Supervis][Fire]
[Off/On]
[C] [Q][E]
[Sensors]{ }Params1-128
[C] [Q][E]
[All Dev]
English - Espanol - Portugues - Slovene -GreekCestina - Brazilian -
[N] [E][P][N][P] [E]
[Commissn]~
[C] [Q][E]
[On/Off][PSU]
Mns DC Bt1 BC1 Bt2 BC2 MA1 MA2 Ear Lpv214 141 206 206 0 0 127 74 60 221206 138 200 203 0 0 74 74 65 197195 139 202 206 0 0 75 75 65 198
[R] [Q]
4/6 Loop panel
[Previous] [Next] [E]
Off Controller Card 1 to 15
[FreeBlok]
[Delayblk]
[Off]
[Label]~long labels
[C] [Q][E]
[Off / On]
[Contrast]
EN Vigilon with MV4.53 or higher[ ] Menu map 1
Control panel
Test/Eng
CC/MCB at
[Network]
[Datalog]
[C] [Q][E]
[On][Off]
{ }Params0-15
[No Reset] [No Silence]see Test/Engmenu map 2-1
[Comms] [Routing]<etc> <etc>
Enter message to be displayed
[Enter] [Domain]
[1] [Both][2]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-15
[On/Off]
[C] [Q][E]
[Message]
{ }Params1-255
[Enter] [Domain]
{ }Params1-255
[Remote]+ [Test]
[C] [Q][E]
[On]~
[No Reset]/ [Reset]
[No Silence]
[Build]
<etc> [Bypass]
[On][Off]
[C] [Q][E]
[Zone]
[Flashing]~
[C] [Q][E]
[Off] [On]~
<etc> <etc>
{ }Params0-15
[Init]
[C] [Q][E]
[Reset]
[C] [Q][E]
[Update]#
[C] [Q][E]
[NVM Card] [SD Card] #
[Off]~
[Zone]
{ }Params1-128
[Comms]
see Test/Engmenu map 2-2
<etc>[Delay][Co-incid]~
[Zone] [Group]
[C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]{ }ParamsMM-SS0-10
<etc>
[Global]
# - This option is only applicable at a Vigilon Compact panel fitted with a SD card
2 Loop panel2 Loop VA panel
+ -
[Card] [Port]{ }Params1-255
{ }Params0-3
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]
Displayed on 4/6 Loop panel: ‘PSU at V1.00'Displayed on 2 Loop panel: ‘PSU at V2.05’Displayed on 2 loop VA panel: ‘Audio Control Unit V1.10’
[E] [C] [Q]
Note: Bt2 and BC2are only applicablefor 6 Loop panelTypical values:
Enter message to be displayed
~ - These menu options are not applicable at a Network node
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
[Option] These options will only be displayed with Freeblocksswitched On, see Test EngineeringAccess level 2a
Access level 2b
AL2b
Access level 3
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[P] = [Previous]
[N] = [Next]
[Radio]^ <etc>
{ }
[Device]
[Loop]
Params1-8
{ }Params1-207
{ }Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]
[Mode] [Reset]
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[Remote]
This option is only applicable if are fitted in the systemThis option will only appear on a Vigilon panel when at Access level 2b
Radio devices^ -
Range 0-31(default 15)
-
This option is only applicable at a Vigilon panel
Commissioning instructions
106 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-1
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
(V4)
Vig
ilo
np
an
el
[Loop]
[Allocate]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[FindDev]
{ }Params1-8
[Start]
{ }Params1-207
[C] [Q][E]
[Gain]
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
[Device]{ }Params0-7
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
[Device]{ }Params0-63
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Flame] [Beam]
[AutoGain]
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Align]
{ }Params1-207
[Device]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
<etc> <etc> [Repair]
[Loop]{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
<etc> <etc>
EN Vigilon with M V4.53 or higher[ ] Menu map 2
Control panelTest/Eng
CC/MCB at
[Simulate]
{ }Params0-6
[Device]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Fire][PreFire] [SupFire]
Test/Engmenu map 2-2
[Comms]
[Address] [Domain]
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[Card]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-15
for other cardsCard 0 (MCC/MCB)
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params
0-3PORT
[P] [E][N]
[Mode] [Baud]
RS485 Port 0 - dedicated Rpt
RS232 Port 1RS232 Port 2
USB Port 3
[P] [E][N]
Std - Printer - Flt/FireUniversal - Ascom- Off
RS232 Port 0 - Off - Std - Printer - Flt/Fire -Universal Ascom
RS485 Port 1 - Std - OffUSB Port 3 - Std
As Switches50!600
18002400360048007200960019200
57600115200230400460800
1200
38400
MCB
MCC
Test/Engmenu map 2-1
[Stop]
[Baud]
{ }Params0-255
[C] [Q][E]
Access level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
Access level 3
MCB MCC
Port 0
Port 1
Factory default Port settingswith Control Panel [Card 0]having:
Port 0
Access level 3
Port 1
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[P] = [Previous]
[N] = [Next]
[P] [E][N]Gain clock period 50008
Port 2/3
Note: Port 0 and Port 1 are associated with IO Cardfitted in slot P2, settings viewed via MCC status.
Appendix A-2 - Menu maps for BS (V3+) Vigilon panelThe menu options [Control], [SetUp], [Info] and [Test/Eng] are accessible on pressing the MENU ON/OFF button.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 107
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
A-2
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rB
S(V
3+
)V
igilo
np
an
el
Access level 2a
[Control] [Set Up] [ Info ] [ Test/Eng ]
[Enable] [Disable] <etc> [Sector]~
[MSector] [Aux Rly] <etc> [Sounder]~
[Digital]~
[Timeslot]~
[Sound]
<etc>
[Silence] [Reset] <etc> [StartMA] [StopMA] [UserCode]
Params{ } [Action]
Params1-2{ } [On] [Off]
[E] [C] [Q]
Params1-207{ } [Loop]
Params1-8{ } [Action]
Params1-4{ } [On] [Off] [Pulse]
Params1-207{ } [Loop]
[E] [C] [Q]Params1-8{ }
Params0-15{ } [Device]
[E] [C] [Q]Params1-8{ }
Params1-207{ } [Loop]
Params1-16{ } [Delay][On]
ParamsHH:MM:SS{ } [On]
[E] [C] [Q]
[Pause] [Build] <etc>
[E] [C] [Q]Params0-30sec{ }
Params1-255{ } [On] [Off]
[E] [C] [Domain]Params1-255{ }
[E] [C] [Q]
[Sig1][Off] [Sig2] [Sig3]
[Off]
[Off]
[Node] [E] [C] [Q][E] [C] [Q]
BS Vigilon with MCC V3.97 or higher[ ] Menu map 1
Control panelControl
at
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[Verify] <etc>
if off if on
[On] [Q]
[E] [C] [Q]
[Test] [Q][Paper Fd] [Off]
8 Linefeeds
[E] [C] [Q]
****** P R I N T E R T E S T ******
!"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGH
IJKLMNOPQRSRUVWXYZ[=]^-`abcdefghijklmnop
qrstuvwxyz{|}
[Printer] [DelayBlk]~
Params1-16{ } [Delayed]
[E] [C] [Q]ParamsMM:SS0-10min
{ }
[End]
[E] [C] [Q]
[Stop]
#
# - The ‘Print’ option will only appear if aprinter is connected to the panel.
[Signal1][Off] [Signal2] [Signal3]
[E] [C] [Q]
[Signal1][All] [Signal2] [Signal3]
[E] [C] [Q]Params1-255{ }
See Controlmenu map 2-1
~ - These menu options are not applicablefor a Network node.
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2aAccess level 2a
1-255
Access level 3
~ - These menu options are not applicable for a Network node.
[Sensing]~
[IO Line]~
<etc> [Sector]~
[Zone]~
[Group]~
[Comms]
Params1-4{ } [Device]
Params1-128{ } [E] [C] [Q]
<etc> <etc>
Params0-15{ } [E] [C] [Port]
<etc>
Params1-8{ } [E] [C] [Q]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
[AuxRly]
Params1-2{ }[E] [C] [Q]
Params0-3{ } [E] [C] [Q]
[Build]
Params1-255{ } [E] [C] [Q]Params
1-32{ } [E] [C] [Q]
Params1-8{ } [E] [C] [Q]
[MAlarm]
[E] [C] [Q]
[MSector]~
Params1-255{ } [E] [C] [Q]
[Sounder]~
Access level 2bParams1-8{ } [E] [C] [Q]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
Commissioning instructions
108 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-2
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rB
S(V
3+
)V
igilo
np
an
el
BS Vigilon Voice Alarm with MCC at V3.97 or higher[Control] Menu map 2-1
Control panel
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit][Sector]
Params1-32{ } [Loop]
Params1-8{ } [Action]
[Signal1][Off] [Signal2] [Signal3]
[E] [C] [Q]
[E][From] [C][Q]
[Sig1] [Sig2][Sig1]
[E][From] [C][Q]
[Off] [Off][Sig1]
[E][From] [C][Q]
[Sig2] [Sig3]
Controlmenu map 2-1
Access level 3
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 109
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
A-2
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rB
S(V
3+
)V
igilo
np
an
el
[Control] [Set Up] [Info] [Test/Eng]
<etc>
[UserCode]
[Protect][Remove] [Backup] [Recover]<etc> <etc>[SetClock]
[Next] [Retard] [Advance] [Enter]
[Assign][Modify] [Enter] <etc>[Set Up]
{ }
[Label]
{ }Params1-128
[MCP]~
[IO Line]~
[Device]
<etc> [Zone]~
[Local] <etc>
[Loop]
[Device]~
Params1-8
{ }Params1-207
{ }Params1-4
[Deaction]
[C] [Q][E]
[En] [Dis]
<etc>
Enter Label
[Period]~
[Signal 1]~
[Signal 2]~
[Signal 3]~
<etc> <etc>
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]
[Sounder] [Output]
Enter upto 8 FAB/SAB pairs
[Action]
See Set upmenu map 3
See Setupmenu map 2-1
[Sound]~
[Signal1]
[Loop]
[Action]
[Sector]
{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[MAlarm] [Buzzer]
[NoAction]
[Signal2] [Signal3]
[C] [Q][E]
[Disable]/[Enable]
{ }Params1-2s
[C] [Q][E][C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]
[NoAction]
BS Vigilon with MCC at V3.97 or higherControl panel[ ] Menu map 1Set Up
# [Save]
[Custom]
Enter Label
[C] [Q][E]
[NVM Card]
[C] [Q][E]
[NVM Card]See Setup
menu map 2-2
[Man Fire] <etc>[MCP];[Auto Fire]
[C] [Q][E]
Access level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
Access level 3
Access level 2a
[Option] These options will only be displayed with Freeblocksswitched On, see Test Engineering
~ - These menu options are not applicable at a Network node.
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
{ }Params0-15
# - The [Save] option will only appear under the customer password at
(access level 2), which is used to save changes to labels and clock settings.
Commissioning instructions
110 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-2
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rB
S(V
3+
)V
igilo
np
an
el
[Device]~
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[MCP]~
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
[IO Line]~
<etc> <etc> [MAlarm] <etc>
{ } [Sector]Params1-8
[Zone] [Group]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-32
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-128
[Device]{ }Params1-4
{ } [Loop]Params1-207
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-32
[Sector]
[Sector]~
{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[Loop]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-255
[MSector]
[Group]~
{ }Params0-128
{ }Params1-8
[MGroup]
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[AuxRly]
{ }Params1-2
{ }Params1-255
[MSector]
[C] [Q][E]
BS Vigilon with MCC at V3.97 or higherControl panel[ ] Menu map 2-1 and 2-2Set Up
[Build]
{ }Params1-255
[Sound]
[C] [Q][E]
[Silence] [Reset]
[DelayBlk]
{ }Params1-16
{ }Params1-255
[MSector]
[C] [Q][E]
[Remove][Assign]
Setupmenu map 2-1
[Sector]~
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
[Sector]{ }Params1-8
[DelayBlk]
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-16
[C] [Q][E]
[Signal1]{ }Params1-255
[Signal2] [Signal3]
[C] [Q][E]
[MSector]
[MSector]{ }Params1-255
<etc> [AuxRly]
[Sector]~
{ }Params1-2
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]
[Fault] [Disable]
<etc>
[Signal1]{ }Params1-8
[Signal2] [Signal3]
[C] [Q][E]
[DelayBlk]
[Sector]{ }Params1-16
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-16
[C] [Q][E]
[DelayBlk]
[Deaction][Action]
Setupmenu map 2-2
~ - These menu options are not applicable at a Network node.
Access level 3
Access level 3
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 111
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
A-2
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rB
S(V
3+
)V
igilo
np
an
el
[Build] <etc>[AuxRly]
See Set UpMenu map 4-1
{ }Params1-16
[TimeSlot]~
[Day] [TimeBlok][Enable]
{ } [Disable]ParamsHH:MM:SS
{ }ParamsHH:MM:SS
[C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]
[Set Up]
[Zone]~
<etc> [Messages] [Global] [Sector]~
<etc>
{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[Loop]
[On][Off]
[Sounder]
See Set Upmenu Map 4-2
<etc> [DST]
[Mon] [Tue] [Wed] <etc> [Thu] [Fri] [Sat] <etc> [Sun] [And] [Or]
[C] [Q][E]
[Disable] [Start] [End][Enable]
[C] [Q][E]
01:00 0 25-31 3 1 0(HH:MM Day Date 1 -Date 2 month offsets)
[C] [Q][E]
[Silence] [Sound][Reset]
[Output] [Both] [None][Input]
{ }Params1-8
[Verify]
[Device]~
BS Vigilon with MCC at V3.97 or higherControl panel[ ] Menu map 3Set Up
{ } [Delayed]Params1-2
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-10minMM:SS
[Off]
[C] [Q][E]
[On]
[SAFE]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-255
[S Cubed]
[Signal1]
[Volume] [Soft St]
[Signal2][Find Dev] [Signal3]
[Signal]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params16-100
{ }Params0-255
<etc>
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
{ } [State]enable (on)
Params1-8
{ }Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-15
[State]disable (off)
[TimeBlok] <etc>[Device]~
{ }Params0-15
[Output]
[Fire]
[C] [Q][E]
[Link] [Unlink]
[All]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Card]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-10minMM:SS
[DelayBlk]
[Action] [Delayed]{ }Params1-16
{ }
Set upmenu map 3
[Step]{ }Params0-100
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-100
[C] [Q][E]Voice/Tonenumber
[Signal1] [Signal2] [Signal3] <etc> [Off] [NoAction] <etc>
[C] [Q][E]ParamsMM:SS0-10min
[E] [C] [Q]
[Sig1] [Sig2] [Sig3]
[E][From] [C] [Q]
[Sig1][Off]
[E][From] [C] [Q]
[Sig1][Off] [Sig2]
[E][From] [C] [Q]
[Fire]
[C] [Q][E]
[All]
{ }Params1-128
[C] [Q][E]
[Off]
[MGroup] [Auto Zone] [ManZone]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
{ }Params1-8
[Output] [Link] [Unlink]
MGroup
MGroup
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
<etc>[Verify]~
Access level 3
~ - These menu options are not applicable at a Network node.
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
Commissioning instructions
112 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-2
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rB
S(V
3+
)V
igilo
np
an
el
[Build]
[Action] [Label]
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[Trigger]
[Loop]
[Device]
[IO Line]~
{ }Params1-255
{ }Params1-48
{ }Params1-207
[TimeBlk] [Sector]~
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-128
[Mode]
[Zone] [1stDev] [AllDev]
[C] [Q][E]
[TimeBlok] [Task]
[Trigger]{ }Params1-8
[Sensors]{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[Remove]
<etc> [MSector] [Channel]~
[None] <etc>
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-15
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-255
[Loop]
[Device]{ }Params1-6
{ }Params1-207
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Zone]~
Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]{ }
[PreFires]{ }Params0-3
[Fires]{ }Params0-3
[Start MA]
[C] [Q][E]
[Stop MA] * [NoAction] [UserCode]
[Display]
[C] [Q][E]
[None]
Enter text to be displayed
[C] [Q][E]
[Reversb]
[C] [Q][E]
[Not Revs]
Access to wholeof [Control] menu
[C] [Q][E]
BS Vigilon with MCC atV3.97 or higher
Control panel
Menu map 4-1 and 4-2[Set Up]
[Print] [Both]
Set upmenu map 4-1
Set upmenu map 4-2
[SuperFires]{ }Params0-3
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
Access level 3
~ - These menu options are not applicable at a Network node.
Access level 3
* - Not a reversible action
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 113
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
A-2
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rB
S(V
3+
)V
igilo
np
an
el
[Control] [Set Up] [Info] [Test/Eng]
<etc>[Active] [Historic] [Events] [Label] [UserCode] [TimeAvg] [Status] [Map] <etc>
[E]
[E]{ }Params1-255
[C] [Node]{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q]
[Fault] [Warning] [Supervis] [SubFault] [HistFire]<etc>
[E]
[E]
[Card] [Node]
[E]{ }Params0-15
[N] [Q][P]
[E]
[E]{ }Params1-255
[N] [Q][P]
[Card] [Node]
[E]{ }Params0-15
[Active] [Log]
[E]{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q]
[E]{ }Params1-100
[C] [Q]
{ }
{ }Params1-128
[MCP]~
[IO Line]~
[Device]
<etc> [Zone]~
[Local] <etc>
[Loop]
[Device]~
Params1-8
{ }Params1-207
{ }Params1-4
[C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
[Device]{ }Params1-6
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[N] [C][P][R]
[Device]{ }Params1-8
# - will only appear ifa network card is fittedin the control panel
{ }Params1-207
[C] [Q][E]
[Net Map]#
{ }Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]
<etc>
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
[Device]~
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Loop]{ }Params1-32
[Sector]~
[E]{ }Params0-15
[Card]
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Domain][E]
[Node][C]
{ }Params1-128
[Zone]~
[Group]~
[Network]
{ }Params1-32
[SectLink]~
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Loop]
[DelayLink]~
<etc>
[Sounders]
DefaultSig1 65 00 65 00 65 00 65 00 10Sig2 4F 25 4F 25 4F 25 4F 25 15Sig3 4F 00 4F 00 4F 00 4F 00 15
[Start][Config]
<etc>
[C] [Q][E]
<etc>
[Q][E]
<etc>
[Display] [Print]These options will only appear if a printer is fitted.
[Loop Map]
BS Vigilon with MCC atV3.97 or higher
Control panel
[ ] Menu mapInfo
{ }Params1-16
[TimeSlot]~
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params1-2
[AuxRly] <etc>
[C] [Q][E]
[DelayBlk]~
[Test]
[E] [Card]
[E]{ }Params0-15
[Node]
[E]
[Global]
[C] [Q][E]
<etc>
{ }Params0-15
[Message]
[C] [Q][E]
[Card]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
[Device]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
<etc>[MGroup]
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[MSector] [MSLink]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[DST]
[C] [Q][E]
<etc>
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[Build]<etc>
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
~ - These menu options are not applicableat a Network node.
Access level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
Access level 2a
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[P] = [Previous]
[N] = [Next]
[N] [Q][P]
{ }Params1-255
Commissioning instructions
114 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-2
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rB
S(V
3+
)V
igilo
np
an
el
[Control] [Set Up] [Info] [Test/Eng]
<etc>
[DispTest] [UserCode]
[Config][Card] [Test]<etc>
{ }Params0-15
[Warning]
[E]
[N] [Q][P]
[Fault] [SubFault] [All]
[Card] [Node][E]
{ }Params1-255
[E]
<etc>[Clear] [NewPass] [Zone]~
[Buzzer] [Language] [Display]
Enter anaccess code
[Warning] [Fault] [Supervis][Fire]
[Off/On]
[C] [Q][E]
[Sensors]{ }Params1-128
[C] [Q][E]
[All Dev]
English - Espanol - Portugues - Brazilian - Slovene
[N] [E][P][N][P] [E]
Range 0-31(default 15)
[Commissn]~
[C] [Q][E]
[On/Off][PSU]
Mns DC Bt1 BC1 Bt2 BC2 MA1 MA2 Ear Lpv214 141 206 206 0 0 74 74 60 221
[R] [Q]
4 Loop panel
[Previous] [Next] [E]
Off Controller Card 1 to 15
[FreeBlok]
[Delayblk]
[Off]
[Label]~long labels
[C] [Q][E]
[On][Off]
[Contrast]
BS Vigilon with MV3.97 or higher[ ] Menu map 1
Control panel
Test/Eng
CC at
[Network]
[Datalog]
[C] [Q][E]
[On][Off]
{ }Params0-15
[No Reset] [No Silence][Comms] [Routing]<etc> <etc>
Enter message to be displayed
[Enter] [Domain]
[1] [Both][2]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-15
[On/Off]
[C] [Q][E]
[Message]
{ }Params1-255
[Enter] [Domain]
{ }Params1-255
[Test]
[C] [Q][E]
[On]~
[No Reset]/ [Reset]
[No Silence]
[Build]
<etc> [Bypass]
[On][Off]
[C] [Q][E]
[Zone]
[Flashing]~
[C] [Q][E]
[Off] [On]~
<etc> <etc>
{ }Params0-15
[Init]
[C] [Q][E]
[Reset]
[C] [Q][E]
[Update]#
[C] [Q][E]
[NVM Card]
[Off]~
[Zone]
{ }Params1-128
[Comms]
see Test/Engmenu map 2-2
<etc>[Delay][Co-incid]~
[Zone] [Group]
[C] [Q][E]
[C] [Q][E]{ }ParamsMM-SS0-10
<etc>
[Global]
[Card] [Port]{ }Params1-255
{ }Params0-3
[C] [Q][E]
{ }Params0-15
[C] [Q][E]
Displayed on 4 Loop panel with PSU at V1.00’
[E] [C] [Q]
Typical values:Enter message to be displayed
~ - These menu options are not applicable at a Network node
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
[Option] These options will only be displayed with Freeblocksswitched On, see Test EngineeringAccess level 2a
Access level 2b
AL2b
Access level 3
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[P] = [Previous]
[N] = [Next]
Access level 2b
[Loop]~
see Test/Engmenu map 2-1
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[Remote]
This option will only appear on a Vigilon panel when at Access level 2b -
[Remote]+
This option is only applicable at a Vigilon panel+ -
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 115
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
A-2
-M
en
um
ap
sfo
rB
S(V
3+
)V
igilo
np
an
el
[Loop]
[Allocate]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[FindDev]
{ }Params1-8
[Start]
{ }Params1-207
[C] [Q][E]
[Gain]
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
[Device]{ }Params0-7
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
[Device]{ }Params0-63
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Flame] [Beam]
[AutoGain]
[Loop]{ }Params1-207
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Align]
{ }Params1-207
[Device]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
<etc> <etc> [Repair]
[Loop]{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
<etc> <etc>
BS Vigilon with M V3.97 or higher[ ] Menu map 2
Control panelTest/Eng
CC at
[Simulate]
{ }Params0-6
[Device]
{ }Params1-207
[Loop]
{ }Params1-8
[C] [Q][E]
[Fire][PreFire] [SupFire]
Test/Engmenu map 2-2
[Comms]
[Address] [Domain]
{ }Params1-255
[C] [Q][E]
[Card]
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params0-15
for other cardsCard 0 (MCC/MCB)
[C] [Q][E]{ }Params
0-3PORT
[P] [E][N]
[Mode] [Baud] [P] [E][N]
As Switches50!600
18002400360048007200960019200
57600115200230400460800
1200
38400
Test/Engmenu map 2-1
[Stop]
[Baud]
{ }Params0-255
[C] [Q][E]
Access level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL2 passwordAccess level 2b
Menus accessible with panel door open and AL3 passwordAccess level 3
No menus are accessible at AL1Access level 1
Menus accessible with panel door openAccess level 2a
Access level 3
MCC
Port 1
Factory default Port settingswith Control Panel having:
Port 0
Access level 3
Key
[E] = [Enter]
[C] = [Cancel]
[Q] = [Quit]
[P] = [Previous]
[N] = [Next]
[P] [E][N]Gain clock period 50008
RS232 Port 0 - Off - Std - Printer - Flt/Fire -Universal Ascom
RS485 Port 1 - Std - OffUSB Port 3 - Std
MCC
Note: Port 0 and Port 1 are associated with IO Cardfitted in slot P2, settings viewed via MCC status.
Appendix B - Message Action ListThis appendix lists all the messages that are likely to be displayed at the VIGILON control panel /Network Node. There are some fault events that are not self clearing and will require manualintervention.
Clearable fault events
The following faults are identified as clearable fault events.
� FLASH corrupt
� Invalid device configuration
� Too many errorsCan be cleared but will not reset the counters.
� Unrecoverable Tx fault
� Checksum errorFLASH Configuration data and FLASH in sensors
� NVM recovery failures or map mis-match
How to clear a clearable fault eventTo clear the fault at the control panel press the Menu on/Off button -> [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode]-> enter your PIN (where necessary) -> <etc> -> [Config] -> [Clear] -> [Fault] -> [Enter], thenscroll through to the fault you wish to clear and select [clear].
Latching fault events
The following faults are identified as latching events.
� Slave devices lost
� Loop allocation fault
� Invalid loop configuration
How to clear a latching fault eventTo clear a latching fault it is necessary to re-allocate the loop circuit.
Repairable fault events
Repairable fault events are those that require manual intervention to clear the fault, for exampleafter following tests:
� Loop (partial) short circuit.
� Ground break
How to clear a repairable fault eventTo repair the fault at the control panel press the Menu on/Off button -> [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode]-> enter your PIN (where necessary) -> [Loop] -> <etc> -> <etc> -> [Repair] -> [Loop] -> enterthe loop number on which the fault resides -> [Enter].
Commissioning instructions
116 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message Action list
The messages displayed at the control panel, network node or loop repeat panels are given here in an alphanumerical order to provide guidance:
� on a 'fault message'
� the likely meaning of the message
� along with suggestions on what initial actions may be taken to rectify the problem.
� Only the messages that are applicable will appear on the display of the control panel, network node or loop repeat panels. Additionally the display will identify the panelwhere the event was first detected.
� The term device was previously referred to as outstation.
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
A spurious FIRQ atcard x
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
There is glitch on the MCC hardware that appears onthe backplane / MCB.
Clear and ignore single occurrence.
A spurious IRQ atcard x
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
There is glitch on the MCC / MCB hardware. Clear and ignore single occurrence.
A spurious NMI atcard x
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
There is glitch on the MCC / MCB hardware. Clear and ignore single occurrence.
A spurious SWI2 atcard x
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
There is glitch on the MCC hardware. Clear and ignore single occurrence.
A spurious SWI3at card x
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
There is glitch on the MCC / MCB hardware. Clear and ignore single occurrence.
Access fault atcard x
Any Card Card cannot talk to the MCC / MCB local controller. Replace card if the fault keeps reoccurring.Could also be caused by excessive networkmessages. Investigate message passing.
ACIA Failed atcard x
Network Card orMCC / MCB
Communication chip failure or the FABs and SABs arecorrupt.
Reset the card and replace if it fault keepsreoccurring.
Alarms silenced MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Silence alarms button has been pressed. -
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 117
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Alarms sounded MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Sound alarms button has been pressed. -
Alarms Verified MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Alarms verify button has been pressed. -
Alarm Zone Disabled /Enabled at card x
LPC
(loop processor card)
-
Allocation : DoubleAllocated card xnumber y on loop z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Two devices are given the same address. Loop breaker(relay contacts) are fused ‘micro welded’ together(closed) or there is a bad connection.
Check the device wiring. The device may befaulty, replace if required.
Allocation : Hw faultcard x number y onloop z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Loop breaker relay has not closed or serial line End-2is faulty or relay is stuck i.e. closed. The device maynot be correctly fitted.
Check the device wiring. The device may befaulty, replace if required.
Allocation : Maperror card x number yon loop z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Loop wiring is incorrect, eg a sub loop may have beenwired on a spur.
Check and rewire if necessary. This fault canalso be device failure.
Allocation : memoryOverflow at card xnumber y on loop z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Loop processor has run out of memory duringallocation / when starting a loop.
Software error or more likely a faulty RAMchip.
Allocation : notready at card x
LPC
(loop processor card)
An attempt to allocate a loop when it is alreadyallocating.
Wait and if it takes longer than 10 minutes thenreset the loop card.
Allocation : OK atCard n : Allocated x
LPC
(loop processor card)
The loop circuit has been successfully allocated. -
Allocation startedfrom end 2 at card x
LPC
(loop processor card)
No devices found on End-1 or End 1 of the loop isopen circuit.
Check the wiring to the first device or lastdevice on the loop.
Allocation : Too manycard x number y onloop z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Allocated more than 200 devices or the device isrestricted for use with the particular software version.
Replace incompatible devices used on othersystems ie:32000 or SMS device found insystem.
Allocation : Tx faultcard x number y onloop z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Invalid reply from the device. Check the device. Also check cable routing andlength (measure resistance and capacitance ofcable).
Commissioning instructions
118 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
ASCII Device isfaulty number x onloop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
Failure of the Control panel to communicate withRepeat / Mimic panel. The power supplies to thesepanels may not be connected.
If applicable, connect the power supply orRESET the Master Repeat Card in the Repeatand Mimic panel. If necessary replace thecard/software.
Back up NVM(non volatile memory) onbackplane or MCB
Data is being copied from cards and stored onto theNVM.
-
Back up required NVM(non volatile memory) onbackplane or MCB
Data must be saved to memory Back up data to the memory.
Battery discharged Power supply This indicates the failure of battery load test. The ADCvalue should be equal to or less than normal - 9.
Check load test and the battery condition.
Battery disconnected/restored
Power supply A disconnection is indicated when the ADC value fromthe battery is equal to or less than 130.
Normally it should be = 234 (27.4V)
To give a restored indication the ADC valueshould = Vbatt 1/6x256/5.
Baud rate x at card y MCC / MCB / Network Card Baud rate set has been read. If required, change the baud rate.
being Initialised atcard x
NVM(non volatile memory) onbackplane or MCB
Memory is being set up by the MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board), ready for use.
-
Buffer full at card x Any Card Software error. -
Buffers out of stepat card x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence. Record the event inthe log book.
Call point glass isbrokennumber x loop y
Device Call point has been operated when the device isdisabled.
Replace the glass, if necessary.
Call point oninterface unitoperated / restored
Device Mains powered interface input has been triggered byconventional MCP, value of input is equal to or lessthan 6V.
-
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 119
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Call point open cctnumber x on loop y
Device Monitored base does not see end-of-line unit. There isa bad connection to MCP.
Check the internal wiring, there may be a looseconnection.
Call pointoperated/restorednumber x loop y
Device Break glass has been broken or operated with a testkey.
Replace the break glass to restore the call pointor remove the test key, whichever is applicable.
Call point short cctnumber x loop y
Device Call point contacts are short circuit. Check the call point contacts and internalwiring.
Card found/lost atcard x
Any Card The card has been found/lost. If lost then it is lockedout.
There may be a hardware fault on card orbackplane. Investigate and rectify.
Card n recovered/Card n backed up
NVM(non volatile memory) onbackplane or MCB
Data recovered to a card from the NVM. A card datahas been backed up to the NVM.
-
Chamber Removed/Replaced number x onloop y
Device Device chamber has been removed. Replacing the chamber will cause a replacedindication.
Charger Fault PanelPower Supply Unit (PSU)
Charger circuit has failed. Replace the PSU.
Charger Faultnumber x on loop y
EN54 System device powersupply(Repeat, Mimic or mainspowered interface)
Charger circuit has failed at a loop device. Replace the board (having the power supply) onthe loop device.
Charger Restored Panel power supply Charger circuit is working again. -
Charger Restorednumber x on loop y
EN54 System device powersupply(Repeat, Mimic or mainspowered interface).
Charger circuit at the loop device is working again. -
Chk=4.874 NVMC 41874Flag=0NVM is writeprotected at Card x
NVM(non volatile memory) onbackplane or MCB
The memory is read only. Disable the write protect using the [set up]menu.
Commissioning instructions
120 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Clock changed / Clocknot set up
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Time and date has been altered or no time has beenentered.
If necessary, set the clock using the set upmenu.
CO sensor faulty Device There is a fault with the CO sensor in an S-Quad. Replace device
CO sensor near end oflife
Device The CO cell is nearing the end manufacturerrecommended life expectancy in an S-Quad.
Replace the device
CO sensor restored Device The CO sensor fault has been restored in an S-Quad -
Command buildactivated /deactivated
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Command build has been switched ON (activated) orswitched OFF (deactivated).
If necessary switch ON/OFF the commandbuild using the [control] menu.
Command build enabled/ disabled
MCC /MCB(main control card/board)
This is an automatic or manually controlled action. If necessary, manually enable/disable thecommand build using the [control] menu.
Comms enabled /disabled at card x
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Network Card
Card communications have been enabled or disabled.
Control panel has been isolated from the network.
If necessary, manually enable/disable theComms using the [control] menu
Comms Supply Fault Network node The communications power supply has failed. Replace the power supply unit.
Comms supply Restored Network node The communications power supply has been restored. -
Communicationsstarted / stopped atcard x
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Communication to a particular panel or to externalequipment linked to the panel (eg Laptop having thecommissioning tool) has started / stopped.
Check the wiring.
Control passed atcard x
Network - -
Corrupted NVM memoryat card x
Any Card Checksum failure on configuration at midnight. Recover data and record event in the log book.If it reoccurs then replace the card.
DC Power fail /restored
Power supply The ADC of output 27V regulator isnormally=146(28.5V).
-
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 121
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
DC too high / DC toolow
Power supply The DC supply is:
Too high if greater than 164 (32V)
Too low if less than 102 (20V)
Check the mains supply and battery wiring.
Delay block setup MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
A Delay Block has been configured. -
Delay blocks Cleared MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
- -
Detection ZoneDisabled/Enabled atcard x
LPC
(loop processor card)
The detection zone has been enabled or disabledautomatically or manually.
If necessary, manually enable/disable thedetection zone using the [control] menu.
Detector on interfaceunit number x onloop y channel z
Device Conventional detector connected to an input of a mainspowered interface input has triggered. Value of theinput is equal to or less than 10V.
-
Device Addresschanged from xnumber y on loop z
Device Device SAFE address has changed. If necessary rectify the device SAFE address.
Device Battery Fault Radio (Plexus) Device Radio (Plexus) device has a battery failure Check the batteries at the Radio (Plexus) deviceusing the Battery Condition Indicator tool andreplace the batteries if necessary
Device batteries needreplacing
Radio (Plexus) Device The batteries inside a Radio (Plexus) device needs tobe replaced
Replace the batteries in the Radio (Plexus)device
Device batterydischarged
Radio (Plexus) Device The batteries inside a Radio (Plexus) device arenearing end of life.
Replace the batteries in the Radio (Plexus)device
Device battery fault/restored
Device The battery has failed the load test at the device, for amains powered interface the value is equal to or lessthan normal - 2V.
Check and replace the battery if necessary.
Commissioning instructions
122 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Device Battery OCnumber x on loop y
Device Failure of fuse or battery wiring is OC on products likemains powered interface unit.
Normal value = 27.4VValue is equal to or less than 16V (OC) / greater than17V (Restored).
Check and replace if necessary to restore.
Device Enabled /Disabled at Card x
LPC
(loop processor card)
Device has been enabled or disabled manually orautomatically.
If necessary manually enable or disable thedevice.
Device Fault number xon loop y
ACU
Audio Control Unit
Fault input has been asserted. Check remote equipment wired to the faultinput.
Device Gain set to xnumber y on loop z
Beam devices(can also be a Flame device -no longer supported)
Confirmation of a change in gain setting. -
Device inoperative Radio (Plexus) Device The Radio (Plexus) device batteries are too low fordevice to operate correctly
Use the Battery Condition Indicator tool todetermine if the batteries in the Radio (Plexus)Device require replacing, if necessary replacethe batteries.
Device Mains Failed /Restored number xloop y
Device Failure of mains supply to mimic/repeat /mainspowered interface unit. The value of rectified DC isequal to or less than 8V i.e. failed.
Check mains supply connections and the mainsfuse. When the rectified DC is greater than24V it is restored.
Device Mains too high/ low number x loop y
Devices like: Mimic / Repeat/ Mains powered interfaceunit
Failure of device mains supply.The value of rectified DC is too high / low i.e in theregion of 30V / 17V.
Check the power supply and replace it ifnecessary
Device Moved Radio (Plexus) Device The Radio (Plexus) device has been tampered with The Radio (Plexus) device has been movedfrom the original installed lobation or there hasbeen changes in the area that affect the deviceoperation.
Device power Fault /Restored number x onloop y
Device The failure of internal power supply rail. Replace the device.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 123
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Device powertoo high/restored too low/restored number x onloop y
Device Internal power rail of mains powered interface unit hasa value of rectified DC equal to or greater than 32V(high) / less than 30V (restored)DC equal to or less than 24V (low) / greater than 26V(restored)
Replace the device
Device Replaced isfaulty number x onLoop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
Tx fault re-finding device. Check connections to device / base and alsodevice type etc.
Device Replacednumber x loop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
The replaced device is now communicating with thepanel.
-
Device Returned Radio (Plexus) Device Radio device has been returned to it's base The moved Radio (Plexus) Device has beenreturned to its original installed position.
Device soft address;SAFE: number x onloop y
Device Device primary address does not match SAFE address. Check loop configuration.
Disables Cleared MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
All disablements have been removed from the panel. -
Duplicate SAFEAddress error:number x on loop y
Device Two devices on a loop have the same SAFE address. Change one of the SAFE address.
Earth Fault/ FaultCleared
Power supply The ADC value to earth of the 8V regulator:is equal to or greater than 5 (for a +ve fault)or less than 3 ( for a -ve fault).
A clear indication is normally given when ADCis equal to 64.
Earth Fault at Card nLoop n: 0v resistanceis xxR, L is y
Loop n: Earth is aaa,bbb (99)
LPC(2Km Loop Processor Card)
There is an earth fault present before allocation.
Note: An Earth fault post allocation is indicated asEarth fault.
Use the Loop Diagnostic Tool to diagnose theearth fault condition and rectify it.
Enabled Aux relay xDisabled Aux relay x
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
The auxiliary relay has been enabled or disabledautomatically or manually.
If necessary, manually enable/disable theauxiliary relays using the [control] menu.
Commissioning instructions
124 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
End switching normalat card x
Network Network card is back to normal operation, (see alsoend switching disabled)
-
Exception number x onloop y
(Exceptions also referred toas Sub-Fault)Loop Processor Card
Change noted in the environment of the device Check the condition codes.
Excessivetransmission errorrate
Too many errors: lostdevice or loop split
LPC
(loop processor card)
There were more than 10 reply errors in one day.
(More than 16 reply errors will cause the deviceisolation.)
Check screening and electrical noise in area ofoperation + check loose connections to loop.
External Fire atpanel n
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
There is a Fire on another panel in a network. Investigate the fire.
FARE Enabled /Disabled number z onloop y Zone x
Device The FARE device has been enabled or disabledmanually or automatically.
Manually enable or disable the FARE device ifrequired.
FARE Activated /Deactivatednumber z on loop y
zone x
Device The FARE device has been activated / deactivatedmanually or automatically.
If appropriate manually deactivate the FAREdevice. The deactivation happens automaticallyon resetting the system after a fire event.
FARE Faulty/Restorednumber x loop yzone w
Device A 'faulty' message is given when there is a faultassociated with FARE equipment.
A 'restored' message is given when the FAREequipment fault is investigated and rectified.
FARE loop x, device y Device This information shows the FARE Interface is onloop x and is device y.
-
Fast scan startednumber x on loop ychannel z
Data logging Fire sensor has detected a change on its input. The message is normally given when the datalogger is connected.
Fault cleared Warningcleared
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Fault or warning has now gone. -
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 125
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Fire number n loop ychannel z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Pattern match is equal to a Fire or MCP operated orconventional detection on IO line of interface operated.
-
Fire reset MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
The Fire reset button has been pressed. -
Flash memory checksumerror
Device Speech Memory Checksum Error Replace the device
FPE Enabled /Disabled at card x
Device All FPE Interface devices on loop x have been enabledor disabled manually or automatically.
Manually enable or disable all FPE Interfacedevices if required.
FPE w: x, y, z Device This information shows the FPE Interfaces on loop wand are devices x, y and z.
-
Full keyboard Removed/ Fitted number xloop y
MCC/ MCB / DAC/ MRC The keyboard has been ‘removed’ (is not fitted). Check the cable connections to the keyboard tobring about the ‘fitted’ message.
Group Enabled /Disabled
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
A group has been automatically or manually disabledor enabled.
If necessary, manually enable/disable the groupusing the [control] menu.
High Error rate atCard x
Network High number of communication errors. Check network wiring and connections.
Incompatible CardVersion at card x
Any Card There is a card software conflict. Fit card with compatible software.
Interface Failed atcard x
MCC / MCB
(main control card/board)
The interface timer chip has failed. Clear the fault and ignore single occurrence.Replace the card on multiple failures.
Interface input -fault / restorednumber x onloop y channel z
Device IO line fault. Check the wiring and restore the input fornormal operation.
Interface Input Firenumber x on loop ychannel z
Device Interface IO line triggered a fire event. Check the wiring and restore the input fornormal operation.
Commissioning instructions
126 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Interface input notReset number x onloop y channel z
Device The input line continues to trigger. Check devices on the IO line.
Interface Input OC /restored
Device The end-of-line is not seen. Check the wiring. The device may have beenremoved, if so refit the device to restore.
Interface inputoperated / releasednumber x on loop ychannel z
Device Fixed extinguishant interface unit input has beentriggered (applicable for old systems only).
Follow the FE system reset procedure to releasethe input.
Interface input SC /restored number x onloop y channel z
Device The interface wiring is short circuit. The value of inputis equal to or less than 2V.
Check the interface wiring and rectify to restorethe input.
Interface output SCor OC or Restorednumber x on loop ychannel y
Device The value of output is equal to or less than 50% for SCor is TBA for OC.
Check the wiring and restore the output circuit.
Intermittent Fault atcard x
Any Card A fault has been picked up by the MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board).
Replace the appropriate card if the fault keepsreoccurring.
Invalid configuration LPC
(loop processor card)
Loop recovered with freeblocks ON. This is not allowed. Switch OFF the freeblocksand reallocate.
Device FLASH incorrectly programmed Replace the device
Invalid configurationat card x
LPC
(loop processor card)
Loop recovered with freeblocks ON or Loopconfiguration faulty, possibly after upload fromCommissioning Tool.
This is not allowed. Switch OFF the freeblocksand reallocate.
Invalid message /reply received atcard x
LPC
(loop processor card)
The message/reply received cannot be understood. Thecommunication can be from a Repeat, Mimic,Networked system.
Ignore single occurrence and record in the logbook.
Invalid message/replyat card x
Network Card The message/reply has not been understood from otherpanels.
Ignore for single occurrence and record in thelog book.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 127
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Invalid task delay atcard x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence. Record the event inthe log book.
Invalid task stage Any Card Software error. Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence. Record the event inthe log book.
IO line Enabled /Disabled at card x
LPC
(loop processor card)
The IO line is either enabled or disabled automaticallyor manually.
If necessary, manually enable/disable the IOline using the [control] menu.
Loop map has changedcard x
LPC
(loop processor card)
The map is different to that previously allocated. Check and confirm difference with backupmap.
Loop n: Highresistance
LPC
(2Km Loop Processor Card)
High resistance on both lines. Use the Loop Diagnostic Tool to diagnose thecause of high resistance on the loop and rectifyit.
Loop n: Highresistance onnegative line
LPC
(2Km Loop Processor Card)
High resistance on 0v lines. Use the Loop Diagnostic Tool to diagnose thecause of high resistance on the negative line andrectify it.
Loop n: Overloaded LPC
(2Km Loop Processor Card)
The loop is overloaded, ie is taking too much current. Use the Loop Diagnostic Tool to diagnose thefault condition and rectify it.
Loop n: Replymarginal
LPC
(2Km Loop Processor Card)
The named device is at the marginal limits of correctcommunications (timing or level)
Use the Loop Diagnostic Tool to diagnose thecause of communication issue and rectify it.
Loop power restored Power supply Normal loop supply restored:
Normal ADC = 202 (44V).Value = Vsupp x 1/11X256/5.
-
Loop Started notready at card xnumber y loop z
LPC
(loop processor card)
As per message. Wait and if it takes longer than10 minutes then reset the loop card.
Loop stopped atCard x
LPC
(loop processor card)
The loop has been aborted or is still being allocated. Re-allocate the loop.
Commissioning instructions
128 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Loop voltage toohigh/low
Power supply The ADC value too high.
or
The ADC value is too low.
Check PSU values in the [test/eng] menu,normal reading is 221. Check fuses and replacePSU if necessary.
Lost Commandnumber x Loop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
Lost FAB/SAB. Ignore single occurrence and record in the logbook.
Lost Device number xon loop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
There is no reply on ends 1&2 of the device. Check the device connections.
Lost slave Devicenumber x on loop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
There is no reply on ends 1&2 of the device. Check the slave device connections and replaceif necessary.
Magnetic switchoperatednumber x loop y
Device The reset switch in the base has closed for 3400devices only.
Check base and proximity of magnetic field.
Main program notrunning atcard x
Any Card Problem with software. The watchdog will operate theMCC / MCB (main control card/board).
Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.
Record event in the log book.
Mains failed /restored
Power supply Failure is detected when the ADC output from therectifier is equal to or less than 105.
Check mains and fuse. Replace PSU ifnecessary. This should normally equal to 60V toget a restored message.
Mains too high Power supply The ADC value is too high. Check the PSU values in the [test eng] menu.Replace PSU if necessary.
Mains too low Power supply Mains supply is too low.
Master alarm
ocorsc
Restored
Power supply No end-of-line unit seen.
ADC value is greater than 92orADC value is less than 37
ADC value is 74
Check the wiring to the master alarm circuits.Ensure EOLs are connected inside the controlpanel if master alarm circuits are not used.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 129
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Master alarmenabled/disabled
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
The master alarm has been enabled or disabledautomatically or manually.
If necessary, manually enable or disable themaster alarm using the [control] menu.
Master alarm restored Power supply Master alarm fault cleared.The ADC value should be 74.
Master polling/notpolling at card x
MCC / MCB PC or SRI (service request interface) is nothandshaking with the control panel
Check the wiring
Master SectorActioned
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Master sector has been switched ON/OFF. -
Master SectorEnabled/Disabled
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Master sector has been enabled or disabled manually orautomatically.
If necessary manually enable or disable themaster sector.
Memory corruptnumber x loop y
Device FLASH checksum failure Replace the device
Message discarded Network Card
LPC
(loop processor card)
Message received that couldn’t be routed orunderstood.
Check the location displayed, try resetting card.
Neighbour ACK Failedat card n
- Repeated address Check domain addresses are unique
Neighbour ACK Invalidat card n
TBA TBA TBA
Network initialisedat card x
Network Card Successful network map with polled panels. -
Network Insecure /Secure at card x
Network Card There are 3 missing replies in a row on End-2 of thecontroller.
Check the wiring.Check the error rate.
Network starting atcard x
Network Card Communication starting with other connected panels. -
Network wiring faultat card x
Network Card Wiring is presumed to be OC betweenpanel n and panel n.
Check the wiring.
New address n atcard x
MCC / MCBNetwork Card
The new address set has been read. -
Commissioning instructions
130 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
New domain address nat card x
Network Card The new address set been read at the particular card. -
NMI’s missed atcard x
LPC
(loop processor card)
Software error. Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence. Record the event inthe log book.
No periodicinterrupts at card x
Any Card Problem with software, the watchdog will operate theMCC / MCB (main control card/board).
Software error will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence. Record event in thelog book.
No response number xloop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
There is no communication with repeat or mimic panelsoftware.
Power-up the repeat or mimic panel.
No room on NVM card NVM(non volatile memory) onbackplane or MCB
User attempts to backup or save to an NVM that doesnot have enough free space
If there is no memory left then the card 14located on the Backplane or onMCB (Card 0) needs to be initialised
Node double allocatedat card x
Network Card Two network cards have same address. Keep address unique.
Node found at card x Network Card Another panel on the network acknowledged. -
Node lost/restored atcard x
Network Card There have been 15 missing replies from another panel. Check the wiring or check and reset the panelNetwork card to restore.
Not enough RAM atcard x
Any Card Not enough memory. Reset the card and ignore single occurrence. Ifnecessary replace the card or add RAM, whereapplicable.
Nothing found atcard x
LPC
(loop processor card)
No devices found on End 1 or End 2. Check wiring of loop circuit.
NVM initialised NVM(non volatile memory)onbackplane or MCB
Memory available verified. -
NVM is not writeprotected
NVM(non volatile memory)onbackplane or MCB
Read and write is possible to the memory card. Enable protect if required using the [set up]menu.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 131
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
NVM is read only NVM(non volatile memory)on
backplane or MCB
User attempts to write to a hardware write protectedNVM
Remove the hardware write protect beforewriting
Panel in/out ofcommissioning mode
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Commissioning mode switched ON/OFF. To manually switch commissioning mode usethe [test/eng] menu.
Panel Label Set up MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Panel label has been set from the menu. -
Panel powerup MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Software reset of system or there has been a manualreset of card 0.
If an automatic reset has occurred then checkfor system errors.
Pattern number x onloop y channel x
LPC
(loop processor card)
Sensor has detected an interesting event eg fire/fault. -
Pointer corrupted atcard x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in the log book.
Pointer missing atcard x
Any Card Software error Software errors will cause a system reset.
Card fault should be ignored for singleoccurrence.
Record the event in the log book.
Prefire number x onloop y channel z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Pattern match less than a Fire. -
Printer lost/fittedat card x number y onloop z
MCC / MCB / DAC / MRC The external printer has not been seen and is ‘lost’. Check the connections to the printer. Alsocheck for paper jam in the printer mechanism.
Program memorycorrupted at card x
Any Card Checksum failure on FLASH at midnight. Clear and ignore single occurrence.Record in the log book.
Commissioning instructions
132 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Program not runningat card x
Any Card Problem with software, the watchdog will operate theMCC / MCB (main control card/board).
Software errors will activate an automaticsystem reset.
Ignore for single occurrence.
Record event in the log book.
Program runaway atcard x
Any Card CPU has crashed. Clear and ignore single occurrence. Record inthe log book.
Q buffer full atcard x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence. Record the event inthe log book.
Q buffer numberFailed at card x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence. Record the event inthe log book.
Radio devicesrecovered
LRT Radio LRT has completed finding all of the radiodevices
-
Recover failed atcard x
LPC
(loop processor card)
Loop does not match with what is in NVM. Check and confirm/correct the difference andthen backup.
Recover succeeded atcard x
LPC
(loop processor card)
Successful recovery after a previous failure. -
Replaced Device Wrongtype number x onloop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
Device is a different type. Check and confirm installation of correct typeand reallocate. Back up to memory.
SAFE Address not Setup number x on loop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
The replaced device is not SAFE addressed. Thedevice previously installed in the location was SAFEaddressed.
Set up the SAFE address.
Scan error number xat card y
LPC
(loop processor card)
Invalid universal scan reply. Check loop length and screening
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 133
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Sector actioned LPC
(loop processor card)
Sector is switched ON/OFF. -
Sector enabled/disabled at card x
LPC
(loop processor card)
The sector(s) has been enabled or disabledautomatically or manually.
If necessary, manually enable/disable the sectorusing the [control] menu.
Seeking radio devices LRT Radio LRT is finding all of the radio devices -
Sensor faulty LPC
(loop processor card)
Wireless system - sensor head needs cleaning orsensor head lost from a wireless base (wireless adaptor)
Also mean - Fault pattern has been matched.
Check and replace the sensor if necessary.
Sensor out ofspecificationnumber x on Loop ychannel z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Fault pattern has been matched. Check and replace the sensor if necessary.
Sensor restored Radio (Plexus) Device A Radio (Plexus) Device head has been restored. -
Shared memoryhardware is faulty atcard x
Any Card There is MCC / MCB problem. Replace all other cards first other than theMCC/MCB to see if the problem is resolved.
If it persists then replace MCC / MCB.
Slave DeviceReplacednumber x on loop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
Slave type device has been replaced. -
Slave micro failed atcard x
LPC
(loop processor card)
Loop driver is watchdogged by loop processor. Reset and ignore single occurrence. Record inthe log book.
Software errors Software errors will activatea system reset
Software error Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence. Record the event inthe log book.
Sounder circuitfailed
Device There is a fault with the sounder hardware on theS-Cubed or S-Quad.
Replace the device
Sounder circuitRestored
Device The fault is on the sounder circuit associated withS-Quad or S-Cubed has been restored.
-
Commissioning instructions
134 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Speech circuit hasfailed
Device There is a hardware fault possibly associated with thevoice chip on the speech S-Cubed or S-Quad
Replace the device
Speech circuitRestored
Device The fault on the speech S-Quad and S-Cubed has beenrestored.
-
Spuriousacknowledgment atcard x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence. Record the event inthe log book.
Spurious FAB number xon loop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
Device has FAB but shouldn’t have any. Ignore single occurrence as the panel willremove the indication.
Stack overflow atcard x
Any Card Software error Software errors will activate a system reset
Ignore single occurrence. Record the event inthe log book
Stack too deep atcard x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence. Record the event inthe log book.
Strobe circuit hasfailed
Device The strobe circuit in the S-Quad or S-Cubed device hasfailed.
Replace the device
Strobe circuitrestored
Device The strobe hardware fault, such as internal connection,in the S-Cubed or S-Quad has been restored
-
Sub Faults See exceptions
Superfire number x onloop y channel z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Pattern match is equal to or greater than a Fire. -
Supply totally Failed MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
The message does not normally appear. -
Switching inhibitedat end 1 at card x
Network Automatic end swapping on the network controller hasbeen disabled for test purpose.
-
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 135
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
System Printer fittedat card x number yloop z
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
A 80 column serial printer is fitted to the panel. -
System Printer Lostat card x number y onloop z
MCC / MCB (Printer option) TBA TBA
System Restarted/Started
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Link on back plane restored. -
System stopped MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Backplane link moved causing the system to stop. The link should not be normally accessed.
Task stuck at card x Any Card Software error. Software errors will activate a system reset.
Ignore single occurrence. Record the event inthe log book.
Test set found /removed at card x
LPC
(loop processor card)
Remote allocation unit has been found connected to thesystem.
Disconnection of the test set will bring about aremoved message.
Too many errorsnumber x on loop y
Device More than 15 errors from a device in 34 hours. Check the loop wiring to the device.
Too many errors x atCard y
Network Card Up to 6 consecutive communication errors. Check wiring and cable screen. There may befaults with the installation.
Two controller atcard x
Network There are two network controllers. One network controller will automatically shutdown.
Two master has thesame address atcard x
MCC / MCB / DAC Two PCs have been given the same address. Each PC must have a unique address.
Unable to claimbuffers atcard x
Any Card System too busy Wait or reset card if stuck, record in the logbook
Unrecoverable Txfault number x loop y
LPC
(loop processor card)
More than 3 consecutive reply errors Check the device connections and replace ifnecessary.
Commissioning instructions
136 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Voice Alarm commsfailedPort 1 / Node x
Panel's Serial Link There is a serial link wiring fault between Vigilonpanel 'Port 1' and DOM/Comprio. Other Vigilon panelsin the connected network will indicate the 'Node'number of the panel connected to DOM /Comprio.
Check the serial link is working, ensure:
� Serail link cable is connected to DOM tosocket TWI
� Serial link cables are connected to the two 9way D Type connectors on the AdapterTWI-RS232 and
� Serail link cable is wired correctly at aVigilon/Compact panel to terminals Tx, Rxand 0V.
Voice Alarm commsfailedPort 1 / Node x
Panel's Serial Link There is a serial link wiring fault has been restoredbetween Vigilon panel 'Port 1' and DOM/Comprio.Other Vigilon panels in the connected network willindicate the 'Node' number of the panel connected toDOM /Comprio.
-
Voice Alarm commonfault Node x
Connected D1 Voice Alarmsystem
There is a common fault, that is any fault in D1 VoiceAlarm system, for example Speaker line fault,Amplifier fault, Mains power fault, etc.
The ERROR LED is lit at the DOM/Comprioconnected via serial link to Vigilon panel.
Find the cause of common fault at a D1 VoiceAlarm system:
� Refer to user guides for D1 Voice Alarmsystem modules to locate the fault.
� Once the fault is rectified the fault messageand notice fault indications are removed atboth Vigilon and D1 Voice Alarm system.
Voice Alarmconfiguration fault
Nos. 17
Configuration fault at a D1Voice Alarm System
This message and indication is given at Vigilon panelof a configuration fault in a D1 Voice Alarm system.
The affected output (VOP) in this case No 17 is notrecognised.
Test for a configuration error which occurswhen a non existent or not configured properlyVirtual Output Point is made active.
� Confirm the VOP displayed as being faulty isnon existent.
� Rectify the configuration at Vigilon and/or atthe D1 Voice Alarm system.
� Repeat this test to ensure the revisedconfiguration works. Check to ensure thefault has cleared.
Warm restart MCC / MCB(main control card)
The 5V rail has seen a dip activating the watchdog orthe button has been pressed on MCC / MCB or panelpower reconnected.
-
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 137
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Warning cleared MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
Warning has been removed. -
Wiring changed -ground break at cardx number y on loop z
LPC
(loop processor card)
A test has shown a break on the 0V line. The test isconducted every minute.
Check wiring of 0V around loop.
Wiring changed -short atcard x number yloop z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Loop short circuit after the particular device. Check wiring and device after indicated device.
Wiring changed -split/closed atcard x number y onloop z
LPC
(loop processor card)
No reply received from a device at End-2 of loop. Check wiring.
Wiring changed partshort at card xnumber y on loop z
LPC
(loop processor card)
Less than 80 ohms between the +ve and 0V of loopwiring.
Check wiring and the device after the partiallyshorted device.
Wrong card type atCard x
Any Card Card in wrong slot. Move the cards to the right location.
Zone enabled /disabled atcard x
MCC / MCB(main control card/board)
The zone has been enabled or disabled automatically ormanually.
If necessary, manually enable or disable the
zone using the [control] menu.
Commissioning instructions
138 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Appendix C - Guidelines forstandalone system commandsThis appendix provides guidance on factors that must be taken into consideration when applyingstandalone system functions, such as:
� labels
� sectors (including flag set sectors)
� delay blocks
� time slots and time blocks
� zones
� groups
� voice alarm zones
� command builds
� sounder configuration
� auxiliary relays.
Labels
� Labels are given to identify location of areas on a site where products are installed
� A previously created label can be modified
� Where manual call points are being used then each can only have a label of upto 28 characters.
� a 32 character label can be assigned to a:
• device(must have a label having 28 characters if it is an MCP)
• each Input/Output line(must have a label having 28 characters maximum if one or more MCPs areinstalled on the input line)
• zone
• group
• control panel.
Input channel label
� A supervisory input channel label of an interface unit will only be displayed at thecontrol panel of the standalone system.
• By adding an * in front of the channel label it will allow the label to appear on allthe networked panels
The networked panels must however be setup to display all events. In thisconfiguration the label will also be displayed at a network node and Centralmonitoring system
• When an interface input is operated the standalone system’s (local) control panel
buzzer can only be activated by configuring the input to trigger a Command
build. In this case the Command build should not have actions
• To activate buzzers of control panels in a network an * must be inserted before
the command build label.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 139
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Long labels
Long labels having up to 64 characters can be given to devices and command builds. This is achieved by replacing commonly used words with token values (special codes). Tokenised labels :Whentokens are decoded, a trailing space is automatically added to the decoded word. Likewise when a label is being tokenised, the word must have a space following it, or be at the end of a line. Thereforea token word cannot be followed with a comma, dash or other such character.
To switch ON long labels: Press the Menu on/Off button -> [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode] -> enter your PIN (where necessary) -> <etc> -> [Config] -> <etc> -> [Label] -> [On] -> [Enter].
� All tokenised labels are displayed in Upper case.
Banks 0, 1 and 2 show the list of tokens used by the software to reduce the character label to 32 characters or less.
Bank 0General Building Features
AREA ANNEXE BLOCK BUILDING
CORE CORRIDOR DOOR DUCT
ENTRANCE ESCALATOR EXIT EXTENSION
FLAT HALL HOUSE LIFT
LOBBY RISER ROOM ROUTE
STAIRS TOWER UNIT VENTILATION
VOID ZONE
Vertical Location
LEVEL MEZZANINE FLOOR BASEMENT
GROUND FIRST SECOND THIRD
FOURTH CEILING ROOF ATRIUM
Geographic Location
NORTH SOUTH EAST WEST
NEAR OUTSIDE ABOVE UPPER
CENTRE LOWER LEFT RIGHT
FRONT REAR
Building Usage
ACCOMMODATION ADMIN BEDROOM BOILER
CENTRAL CHANGING COMPUTER CONTROL
CUPBOARD ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING EXTERNAL
Commissioning instructions
140 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
GALLERY GARAGE GENERAL HOUSING
KITCHEN LAUNDRY LOUNGE OFFICE
PLANT RECEPTION RESTAURANT SERVICE
SERVICES SHOP STAFF STORE
STORES SWITCH SYSTEM TOILET
WORKSHOP WARD WAREHOUSE
Airport Tokens
AIR SIDE ARRIVALS BAGGAGE BRIDGE
BUREAU DE CHANGE CUSTOMS CONCOURSE DEPARTURES
DUTY FREE EXCHANGE GATE HANDLING
IMMIGRATION LANDSIDE LUGGAGE MALL
PASSENGER RETAIL SECURITY STATION
TERMINAL TRANSFER
Medical Tokens
MEDICAL THEATRE X-RAY CLINIC
PATIENTS PHYSIOTHERAPY GERIATRICS PAEDIATRICS
RECORDS HEALTH
Components of the Fire System
SOUNDER DETECTOR OPTICAL IONISATION
HEAT INTERFACE BEAM REPEAT
SPRINKLER
Bank 1General Building Features
CHAMBER FOYER SHAFT STAIRCASE
STAIRWELL
Vertical Location
FIFTH SIXTH ATTIC BALCONY
LANDING PASSAGE SUBWAY TUNNEL
Positions
ADJACENT BOTTOM
Building Usage
CATERING COLLEGE CONFERENCE DEPARTMENT
DISPATCH EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT ESCAPE
MANAGER MEETING PACKING PHYSICS
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 141
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
POINT PREPARATION SHOPPING SITTING
STATIONERY SUITE SUPPLY TELEPHONE
TRANSFORMER
Airport Tokens
AIRLINES BONDED CHECK-IN CLORIFIER
CONVEYOR CUL-DE-SAC DOMESTIC FORECOURT
INFORMATION INTERCONNECTOR INTERNATIONAL RECLAIM
SCREENING SECRET SIGN TRAVOLATOR TRUCKING
Medical Tokens
DISPENSARY
Components of the Fire System
ASPIRATING INPUT OUTPUT PRESSURE
SHUTTER
Bank 2General Building Features
BLOWER CHUTE DOORS HOIST
ROLLER SLUICE
Position
BEHIND BELOW UNDER MIDDLE
Building usage
BISTRO BUSINESS CANTEEN CHILLER
CLASS CLASSROOM CLEANERS DISABLED
ELECTRONICS FACTORY FEMALE LIBRARY
LOCKER MAINTENANCE MOTOR MUSIC
NURSERY PHASE QUIET SEATING
SHOWER STORAGE TENANT VEHICLE
VOLTAGE WALKWAY
Airport token
APRON AUTOWALK BOARDING CABIN
CONNECTOR CRAFT DEPARTURE FLIGHT
STAND TOUCHDOWN
Commissioning instructions
142 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 143
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Sectors
� There can be up to 32 sectors per loop
� a Sector is a collection of devices on the same loop having a common action
� a Sector that is actioned ON will activate its alarmdevices, such as interface outputs, S Cubed, S-Quad andDAU devices.a sector can be configured to give one of three signals
• Signal 1 Alert (priority 3)
• Signal 2 Evacuate (priority 2)
• Signal 3 Continuous (priority 1).
� Sectors 1-28 operate automatically with ‘Sound Alarms’and ‘Silence Alarms’ buttons
� a Sector (any one of 1-28) that is configured for NOaction on ‘Sound Alarms’ button being pressed will besilenced on operation of the ‘Reset’ button
� the Sectors 29-32 are independent of the ‘Sound Alarms’button and are primarily used for the control of plantequipment. However, the Sectors 29-30 can beconfigured to normal sector operation
� sensors, call points and interface inputs may be assignedto more than one Sector
� a loop powered interface is assigned to a Sector andconsequently the inputs and outputs lines of that interfacewill be assigned to the same Sector
� S4 devices having alarm sounder and interface outputs arerestricted to one Sector only
� for Voice alarm panel there can be up to 10 Voice AlarmZones
� Voice alarm zone are push button switches on the Voicealarm control panel that can be assigned to Sectors
� any normal Sector (1-28) can be assigned to any Voicealarm zone (1-10).
* I/O LINES MAY BE SECTORED INDIVIDUALLY FOR STANDARD MAINS POWEREDINTERFACE UNITS AND NOT FOR LOOP POWERED INTERFACE UNITS.
DELAY
BLOCK
COMMAND
BUILD
TRIGGER
ACTION
ACTION
ASSIGN
NOTE : SECTORS 29 TO
DELAYBLOCK
ACTION
COMMANDBUILD
SECTORThat has justcome into fire
SIGNAL
1
2
SIGNAL
3
SIGNAL
SIGNAL
1
2
SIGNAL
3
SIGNAL
NOACTION
SIGNAL
1
2
SIGNAL
3
SIGNAL
ACTION
ACTION
DEVICES
& I/O LINES
WITHIN A
SECTOR *
DEFAULT: SIGNAL-1 = ALERT
SIGNAL-2 = EVACUATE
SIGNAL-3 = CONTINUAL
SECTOR
NOTE : A SECTOR CAN ONLY ACTION OTHER LINKS
IF THE FIRE IS AT A DEVICE ASSIGNED TO THAT SECTOR.
ASSIGN
ONOFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ONOFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ONOFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
MASTERSECTOR
ASSIGN
VOICE ALARMZONES
NOTE: VOICE ALARM ZONES ARE PUSH BUTTONCONTROLS ON THE MAIN PANEL.
AUX
RELAYS
ACTION
SECTOR
32 SECTORSPER LOOP
32 ARE FORSPECIAL USE
SETUP THE SECTORTO DE-ENERGIZE ON
SILENCE ALARMS
OR RESETBUTTON
NOACTION
NOACTION
Integral sounder operation
A sensor sounder device can have its integral sounder only actioned in the event of a local fire event being detected at the device.
� Integral sounder Sector operation (sometimes also called 'flag set' Sector) can be configured using the panel menu commands [SetUp]-> [Sector] -> [Sounder] -> [On]
� when a Sector is configured for 'integral sounder mode' then a fire event from a sensor sounder in the Sector will cause only the integral sounder to operate
� linked Sectors are not affected when sensor/sounder type device is triggered from Sector configured for 'integral operation mode', only its local sounder operates and fire isreported at the panel
� Delay Blocks can be configured to action other Sectors from sector operating in an integral sounder mode
� Sectors configured for integral sounder mode operation can be setup to action command builds.
Commissioning instructions
144 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
SECTOR X
FLAG SETON
FLAGSET OFFDEFAULT
INTEGRALSOUNDER - ON
INTEGRALSOUNDEROFF(DEFAULT)
SECTOR XOPERATION
DELAYBLOCK
COMMANDBUILD
ACTION
ACTIONSECTOR
This action is only applicableif the was from afire nonSensor Alarm device
The will operate normally whenactioned by another sector.
sector x
Setup
ONLY LOCALALARM SOUNDS
NOTE: OTHER SENSOR SOUNDERSIN AN `INTEGRAL SOUNDER SECTOR'OPERATE IN A SIMILAR MANNER
ACTION
H
MCP
INTERFACE
SECTOR X
FIRE
H
MCP
INTERFACE
FIRE
SensorAlarmdevice
SensorAlarmdevice
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 145
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Default fire plan
The fire plan on power up is known as ‘one out all out’. This is when Sector 1 is assigned with all devicesof the system. A fire will activate evacuate (signal 2) on all interface outputs and alarm sounders ofS-Quads, S-Cubed and DAU devices.
� Fixed extinguishant inputs / outputs are automatically assigned to Sector 29. Note the Fixedextinguishing interface unit is a legacy product and is no longer a part of the product range.
To assign a default fire plan
� To manually configure the default fire plan using the set up menu:
• Assign all devices and IO lines to Sector 1
• and then action all sectors (except Sectors 29-32) on all sectors to signal 2.
To remove the default fire plan.
� If the system is not intended to operate with the default ‘Fire Plan’, then do exactly the
same as making the default fire plan, but this time replace the [Assign] with [Remove].
Also remove IO lines.
All sensors, call points, sounders and interface lines are now completely separate from eachother.
�The use of monitored line off a sensor device having MCP is not allowed in the UK.
� also [Deaction] all sectors on all Sectors. This will remove any configured Sector actions
� a site specific ‘Fire Plan’ can now be set up by assigning devices within common initiationareas to Sectors and then actioning them together to form the required ‘Fire Plan’.
Fail safe fire plan
� It is advisable to build a fail safe mechanism when Sectoring. If for any reasoncertain Sector assignments have been lost due to system power down andsubsequent NVM recovery conflict on system power up, the sounders will stilloperate in the event of a fire.
� the fail safe mechanism will involve leaving Sector 1 on each loop free fromany device assignment, as any devices that lose their sector assignment willdefault to Sector 1
� the following action will give an evacuate tone to any alarm sounders that havedefaulted to Sector 1:
• Action all Sectors (except Sectors 29-32) on Sector 1 to signal 2
• Action Sector 1 on all sectors to signal 2.
Site specific fire plan
� A site specific fire plan can be created by configuring Sectors to siterequirement.
Commissioning instructions
146 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Delay Blocks � There can be up to 16 Delay blocks per panel
� each Delay block can provide a delay of between 4 seconds to 10 minutes(in 4 second increments) before starting a desired action
� a Delay block can action:
• Sectors
• Delay blocks
� a Delay block may be actioned by:
• Sectored fire event
• Command build
• Delay blocks
� if the required delay is beyond 10 minutes. This can be achieved by a Delayblock actioning another Delay block before the required action is taken
� If Delay Blocks are linked to produce a delay of longer than 10 minutes,then the panel will no longer meet the requirements of EN54: Part 2:1997.
� where a Delay block is actioned by a command build, a different delay time isset up (within the Command build entry line).
SECTORS
10 min. max.I
DELAY
BLOCK
10 min. max.
ANOTHER
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
16 DELAYBLOCKSPER-PANEL
SIGNAL
1
2
SIGNAL
3
SIGNAL
SET UP
NOTE : THIS CONFIGURATION IS POSSIBLE
A DELAY BLOCKACTIONED FROM ACOMMAND BUILD CANHAVE A SEPARATEDELAY OF UP TO10 MINUTES
NOTE: IF NO SECTORS ARE SET UP TO BE ACTIONEDBUT THERE IS A SIGNAL NUMBER SET UP AND THEORIGINAL TRIGGER WAS FROM A SECTOR, THENWHEN THE DELAY TIMES OUT THAT SECTOR WILLBE ACTIONED.
COMMANDBUILD
SECTORS
DELAYBLOCK
c
a
a. Signal 1 ONb. Signal 2 ON / from OFF or Signal 1c. Signal 3 ON / from OFF or Signal 1 or 2d. all Signal OFF / from Signals 1 or 2 or 3
dSIGNALS
OFF
NO
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
b
ACTION
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 147
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Resound Delay mode functionsThere are 4 control settings for Delay mode under [Resound]. These settings control what happens to the delay blocks when the Silence Alarms button is pressed.
�
�DELAY
�DELAY
PAUSE
�DELAY
Sound Alarms
�DELAY
COUNTDOWN
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
[STOP]
[PAUSE]
[TIME]
[ACTION] COUNTDOWN
FACTORY DEFAULT SETTING
CONTINUED
CONTINUED
ResoundDELAY MODE
settingSilenceAlarms
Silence Alarms
Silence Alarms
1st Fire
1st Fire
1st Fire
1st Fire
2nd Fire
Sound Alarms
Silence Alarms
RESETDELAYAt any time
�DELAY
�DELAY
DELAY
�DELAY
�DELAY
PAUSE
Cause and Effect
sounders of
1st Fire
Cause and Effect
sounders of
2nd Fire
Cause and Effect
sounders of
2nd Fire
Stop – current normal behaviour – the delay blocks are stopped.
Time – the countdown continues in the background and is then held at ‘1’. Then it becomes ‘paused’.
Action – continue with the delays as if silence alarms hadn’t been pressed.
Pause – the countdown is held at the current position and will continue on the next fire or sound alarms key.
�DELAY
COUNTDOWN
1 2 3 4
CONTINUED
or
Cause and Effect
sounders of
2nd Fire
2nd Fire
�
All out
or
All out
Commissioning instructions
148 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Sound and Resound alarms options
Resound [FIRE] -> ON / OFF settingThe FIRE ON/OFF setting under [Resound] controls the way sounders operate when a 2nd or subsequent fire occurs after the alarms have been silenced following 1st fire.
Resound [SOUND] -> ON / OFF settingThe SOUND ON/OFF setting located under [Resound] controls the way sounders operate on 1st press of the Sound Alarms button during a fire condition after the alarms have been silenced. When setto ON the sounders will resound and when set to OFF the sounders will perform the standard action of all-out alarms.
See also resound delay mode functions.
SilenceAlarms
2nd Fire /subsequent fire1st Fire
[FIRE] ->OFF
[FIRE] -> ON
ResoundSETUP
Cause and Effect
sounders of 1st Fire
Restores Cause and Effect
of 1st Fire
then
Cause and Effect
of 2nd fire / subsequent fire
Resound
FACTORY DEFAULT SETTING
Cause and Effect
of 2nd Fire / subsequent fire
SoundAlarms
SilenceAlarms
1st Fire
[SOUND] ->OFF
[SOUND] -> ON
FACTORY DEFAULT SETTING
Restores Cause and Effect
sounders of 1st Fire
Resound
ResoundSETUP
Cause and Effect
sounders of 1st Fire
All out
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 149
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Time slots and Time blocks
Time slotsA Time slot must be linked with a Time block. It is the Time block that perform actions on the system.
� Timeslots do not process when the panel is in a fire condition.
� a Time slot can be:
• triggered automatically
• switched ON / OFF manually
• or switched ON / OFF by Command build
� it performs an action immediately or after a delay of 0 to 24 hours.
� There can be up to 16 Time slots per panel
� each Time slot has to be given an Enable time and aDisable time
� each Time slot must be ANDed / ORed to the days ofweek, (Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun).
� when a Time slot is ANDed with selected days, it willonly operate on the selected days
� when a Time slot is ORed with selected days, it will beEnabled during selected times and will remain ONthroughout the days selected.
Time blocksA Time block is used to perform periodic enable disable action onthe system.
� There are 0 - 15 Time blocks per panel
� the Time block 0 is always in the Enable state and is thedefault for all sensors
� a Time block can be linked to one or more Time slots
� when a Time slot is enabled the time block it is linked tois also Enabled
� a sensor or interface input can only be assigned to oneTime block
� when a Time block is in an Enable state:
• any sensor(s) linked to it will operate in the Enablestate that has been set up
• any Command build linked to it is triggered.
� when a Time block is in a Disabled state any Zone taskslinked to it are also Disabled.
COMMANDBUILD
ENABLE TIME
DISABLE TIME
08:00
17:00
TIMESLOT 1ACTION
DAYS:
MON TUE WED
THU FRI SAT SUN
AND
(BOTH)
OR
(EITHER)
DELAYED BY 0 - 24 hrs
TIME
DAYS SETUPAND/OR
TIMEBLOCK 1
TIMESLOT 1
TIMESLOT 2
TIMESLOT 3
TIMESLOT 4
TIMESLOT 16
SETUP
ENABLE STATE
DISABLE STATE
0
15
DEVICE NO. = "X"SETUP
ENABLE STATE
DISABLE STATE
8
13
DEVICE NO. = "X"SETUP
TRIGGER
MAXIMUM OF 16 PER PANEL MAXIMUM OF 15 PER PANEL
ENABLE / DISABLE TIMESLOT
COMMAND BUILD NO. "Y"
SETUPZone
NOTE: A Timeblock may contain any multiple Timeslots.A Timeslot may be linked to any number of Timeblocks.
The default is for all the devices to be in Time block 0.A Timeblock is enabled if any one of the Timeslots withinit is in the enable state.
A COMMAND BUILD LINKEDTO A TIMEBLOCK WILL BETRIGGERED WHEN THETIMEBLOCK IS ENABLEDAND REVERSED WHEN THETIMEBLOCK IS DISABLED.
Commissioning instructions
150 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
Zones
� A Zone has a collection of trigger devices that are located in the same general area. It may be used for one or all ofthe following:
• for illumination of zonal fire lights on Main panel or Zonal panel or Mimic panel
• are also used for common disablement purposes.
� There can be up to 128 Zones per A3 or on A2 zonal mimic panel / 64 Zones per A4 zonal mimic panel, the lattertwo panel are legacy products
� Zones are used to provide local indication of fire at the main panel and to send fire messages to Zonal mimicpanel, Loop Repeat panels and Repeat indicator panels off main panel.
• integral zonal indicators on a main panel can be configured to give steady / flashing indication of 1st zone infire.
� Devices from any loop may be assigned to the same Zone
� A device may only be assigned to one Zone
� Input/output lines of an interface can not be assigned individually to Zones. The interface lines can only beassigned collectively to a Zone.
Groups
� There can be up to 128 Groups
� all devices default to Group 1
� all local controller events are in Group 0, ie faults,warning, silence alarms and reset.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
LOOP1
LOOP2
DISABLE ZONE E
ZONE E ENABLE
NOTE: A DEVICE CAN ONLY BE ASSIGNED TO ONE ZONE
ZONE 1
ZONAL MIMIC PANEL
ZONE 4
DEVICESASSIGNED TOZONE 4
DEVICESASSIGNED TOZONE 4
ZONE 2
ZONE 3
ZONE 4
ZONE 5
ZONE 128
ZONE INDICATORS ON THE PANEL (EN system only)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Flashing
On
OffTest/Eng
OHS
H
MCP
INTERFACE
OHS
H
MCP
INTERFACE
Zone Tasks
� There can be up to 128 Zones of which the first 64 are for standalone system and remaining zones are fornetwork use. The number of Zones for standalone system can be re-configured via the commissioning tool
� a Zone is a collection of devices, sharing a common label
� a device can only be assigned to one Zone
� a Zone task may be used to control the display of firemessages, to provide:
• Common zone label only (this is the default).
• label of first device in fire
• or all individual device labels.
� a Zone can provide 3-level sensing:
• Prefires
• Fires
• Superfires.
� sensors can be configured to provide coincidence operationusing a combination of all 3 levels if required
� up to 8 permutations of fire detection (Zone tasks) may beconfigured per zone
� a Zone task can be made to trigger a command build or a rangeof Command builds, (this is done in the zone set up menu)
� the same Command build can be triggered by different taskswithin a Zone
� disabling a Zone will disable the sensors within that Zone
� disabling a Zone via a Time block disables the tasks performedby the Zone
� all devices default to Zone 1.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 151
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
SensorAlarm
MCP
INTERFACE
DEVICES IN ONEZONE ONLY
ALL DEVICES THAT GO INTO FIREWILL TAKE THIS ROUTE
DEVICES ASSIGNEDTO ZONE 'A'
DEVICES ASSIGNEDTO ZONE ‘A'
LOOP 1
switch Sensor / All devicevia TEST/ENG menu
TOTAL OF 128ZONESPER PANEL
ZONE'A'
DEFAULT
DISPLAY ALLINDIVIDUALDEVICE LABELS
DISPLAYFIRSTDEVICE LABEL
DISPLAYCOMMON ZONELABELS ONLY
TO ALL REPEATSON LOCAL PANEL
TASK NUMBER 1
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TIMEBLOCK
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
NO
TE
:E
AC
HO
UT
PU
TC
AN
TR
IGG
ER
ON
EC
OM
MA
ND
BU
ILD
TASK NUMBER 2
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 3
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 4
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 5
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 6
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 7
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 8
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
LOOP 2
OHS
H
MCP
INTERFACE
SensorAlarm
Command Builds
� Where possible use sectored action instead of command build action.
� There can be up to 255 Command builds per panel
� a Command build can only be set up with one trigger (can be a range)
� a Command build can be triggered:
• for reversible action (automatic deaction on removal of trigger)
• or non-reversible action, (deactioned by another Commandbuild for a non-fire trigger or reset for a fire trigger).
� the Command build trigger for Zone tasks reside under the zonemenu/function
� Command builds that are triggered through a Sector fire eventwill deaction on fire reset. This is independent of whether theSector is configured to deaction on silence alarms
� Command builds that are configured for turn Off actions haveno reverse action to turn On again, another Command build ormanual action is required
� Command builds can be used under fire and non fire conditionsto carry out pre-configured actions built up from the Controlmenu command
� a Command build can only be set up to perform one action (canbe a range), any split range would require a second Commandbuild
� each Command build can be given a 40 character label to bedisplayed and/or printed when triggered. If no label is giventhen nothing will be displayed
� if a label is given, the local buzzer will operate for 1 minutewhen the Command build is active
� Command builds are logged with an On/Off time, this
information can be viewed by selecting [info] -> <etc> ->
[Event]-> <etc> -> [Supervis]-> [Log] -> [Enter] and if still
On via [Info]-> [Event]-> <etc> -> [Supervis]-> [Active] ->
[Enter], this is only possible if a label has been given to theCommand Build
� when speed of operation is required the lowest numberCommand builds should be used as these are processed first
� if a digital output line is to be actioned by a Command build,the I/O line should not be assigned to a Sector as it maydeaction when the silence alarms is pressed regardless of theCommand build still being active
� a fire condition takes priority over a Command build
� Take great care not to action a digital output to aninput line, as this will effectively disable the input.
Commissioning instructions
152 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
TRIGGER
TRIGGER
TRIGGER
TRIGGER
COMMANDBUILD
1 TO 255
DIFFERENT
NOTE: NORMALLY THEBUILD REVERSE ACTIONS
IS SELECTED.
MENU
REVERSIBLE
NOT-REVERSIBLE
COMMAND BUILD FUNCTIONSCOMMAND
BUILD
TIMEBLOCK
INPUT LINE
I / O INTERFACE
SECTOR
That has just
come into fire
NONE
(CLEAR)
ZONE
ON
LYO
NE
AC
TIO
NFR
OM
EA
CH
CO
MM
AN
DB
UIL
D'LABEL' OR NUMBER
UP TO 40 CHARACTERS
TASK
ONLY
ONEO
FTHE
SETR
IGGE
RSFO
REA
CHCO
MMAN
DBU
ILD
ACTION (INPUT)
FROM ANOTHER ZONE
TRIGGER
CHANNELIntegralsounder
TRIGGER
Sound
Silence
Reset
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
Sound
MASTERSECTOR
TRIGGER
1ST
2ND
PAS
SW
OR
DLE
VE
LS
START MASTER ALARM
STOP MASTER ALARMS
ENABLE
PRINTER
SECTOR
FARE
AUX RELAY
TIMESLOTOVERRIDEDELAY - TO 24 HR
DELAY BLOCK
RESET
LOCAL BUILD
NO ACTION (CLEAR)
SILENCE
SOUND
PAUSE SOUNDERSDELAY 0 TO 30 SEC
VERIFY
EMERGENCYMESSAGE
AUX MESSAGE
FARE
DISABLE
MASTER SECTOR
SOUNDER(INTEGRALSOUNDER INSENSOR/ALARMDEVICE
DIGITAL
BACKGROUNDMUSIC
EMERGENCY MIC
PLAY MESSAGE
PA
D1 VOICE
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
ACTIONS
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 153
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Sounders Configuration
� The standard alarm devices of each standalone system can be configured for threesound output signals
� every 250mS over a 2 second time the sound output can be altered to high, low or offtone
� sound signal configuration can be altered by modifying the FAB-SAB pairs by
pressing the button Menu On/Off to select [Set-Up] -> <etc-> -> [Modify]-> <etc>
-> [Signal n] -> [Sounder] -> [Enter] and enter the FAB/SAB for Signal n and press
enter.
FABs & SABs
The FAB (first action byte) determines tone and On/Off control while the SAB (second action byte)determines the action to be performed on the output.
Factory Default FABsSABs
Time in seconds
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75
Signal 3 (Continuous)
Output turns on Lowfrequency soundcontinuous every 0.5seconds.
4F 00 4F 00 4F 00 4F 00
Signal 2 (Evacuate)
First output turns onLow frequency soundcontinuously, then everyhalf second the Highfrequency output ispulsed for 250mS.
4F 25 4F 25 4F 25 4F 25
Signal 1 (Alert)
Pulses high frequencyfor 250mS every halfsecond.
65 00 65 00 65 00 65 00
Number FAB action SAB action
0 no output Turns Off selected Outputs
1 - 10mS pulse on selected Outputs
2 frequency tone 40mS pulse on selected Outputs
3 - 90mS pulse on selected Outputs
4 On/Off control.(On being lowfrequency)
160mS pulse on selected Outputs
5 - 250mS pulse on selected Outputs
6 high frequency tone 350mS pulse on selected Outputs
7 - 480mS pulse on selected Outputs
8 - 630mS pulse on selected Outputs
9 - 800mS pulse on selected Outputs
A - 980mS pulse on selected Outputs
B - 1.2S pulse on selected Outputs
C - 1.4S pulse on selected Outputs
D - 1.6S pulse on selected Outputs
E 1.9S pulse on selected Outputs
F Turn on selected Outputs
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Commissioning instructions
154 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Auxiliary Relays
The two Auxiliary relays in the control panel are defaulted to operate on:
• a Sectored fire event the Auxiliary relay 1 and
• a fault event the Auxiliary relay 2.
� the Auxiliary relays can be configured for normally-open or normally-closedoperation
� the Auxiliary relays may be configured to be operated with:
• a Fault
• a Warning
• any combination of Sectored Fire events
• or any of the above combination
� It is possible to delay the operation of each relay by up to 10 minutes after the first
FIRE event. The accuracy of the delay is 0 - 4 seconds
� The relay will operate immediately for fault and warning events.
Radio Device
A Plexus radio device is bound to a LRT and can be configured using the Plexus Commissioningtool in a similar manner to any other system device, however see the following note.
� It is important to note that a Radio sensor device do not have multiple STATESand therefore a radio sensor device cannot operate with Timeslot, like for example aS-Quad sensor where the sensor STATE can be switched at pre defined times of a day.
Prior to commissioning radio devices using the commissioning tool ensure they are allpre-commissioned using the Plexus Pre-commissioning tool.
Fire Alarm Routing Equipment (FARE)
� There can be one FARE Interface per Vigilon System.
FARE Interface can be a LV Interface unit S4-34420, but can also be a S4-34450.Other interface units can be configured FARE, these include S4-34440-02, S4-34440-12, S4-34401 and S4-34404.
� a FARE Interface device is automatically placed in plant Sector 32 (as default) and is unaffected by operation of SOUNDALARMS control
� a FARE Interface device may be switched ON or OFF from the panel menus select:
Menu On/Off button to select [Control] -> <etc> -> [FARE] -> [ON] or [Off] -> [E]
� a FARE device may be Enabled or Disabled from the panel menus, select:
Menu On/Off button to select: [Control] -> [Enable] / [Disable] -> <etc> -> <etc> -> <etc> -[FARE] -> [E]
� Where a FARE interface is required to bedisabled then use the FARE device disablementoption.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 155
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
SWITCHON / OFF
H
MCP
LV INTERFACE #
ONE LV INTERFACE #DEVICE IN A VIGILON SYSTEM
CAN BE SET UP TO OPERATE ASFIRE ALARM ROUTING
EQUIPMENT (FARE)
SensorAlarmdevice
ALARM RECEIVING CENTRE
FARE
ENABLED ORDISABLED
ACTIONSETUPas FARE
Confirmation
Vigilon loop
# - LV Interface unit (S4-34420)
Commissioning instructions
156 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Fire Protection Equipment (FPE)
� There can more than one Interface configured FPE application in a Vigilon System.FPE Interface can be a MV Interface unit S4-34411, but can be also be a S4-34415 or S4-34420.Other interface units can also be configured as FPE, these include S4-34440-02, S4-34440-12, S4-34401 andS4-34404.
� a FPE Interface device is automatically placed in plant Sector 32 (as default) and is unaffected by operation ofSOUND ALARMS control
� a FPE Interface device may be Enabled or Disabled from the panel menus select:
Menu On/Off button to select: [Control] -> [Enable] / [Disable] -> <etc> -> <etc> -> <etc> -[FPE] -> [E].
� Where a FPE interface is required to be disabledthen use the FPE device disablement option.
H
MCP
INTERFACE #MORE THAN ONE INTERFACE #DEVICE IN A VIGILON SYSTEM
CAN BE SET UP TO OPERATE ASFIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (FPE)
SensorAlarmdevice
Duct mounted fire Dampers,Fixed fire fighting system,Sprinkler or water spray systemSmoke and Heat control system orHold open device for fire / smoke doors
FPE
ENABLED ORDISABLED
ACTION
SETUPas FPE
Vigilon loop
INTERFACE # Duct mounted fire Dampers,Fixed fire fighting system,Sprinkler or water spray systemSmoke and Heat control system orHold open device for fire / smoke doors
ACTION
SETUPas FPE
# - Can be a MV Interface unit S4-34411 or S4-34415
FPE
MORE THAN ONE INTERFACE #DEVICE IN A VIGILON SYSTEM
CAN BE SET UP TO OPERATE ASFIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (FPE)
S-Cubed Mark III or II and S-Quad
Speech functionThe Mark II or III S-Cubed or S-Quad Speech sounder function is provided by stored messages ona flash memory chip within the assembly. The standard flash memory can hold up to 20 seconds ofaudio and additionally it holds local complex attention tones, such as the bell and DIN signals.
Each signal output from a S Cubed Mark III or II, or S-Quad Speech device consists of an attentiontone followed by a message. The attention tone can be a local complex tone or a panel tone, such
as the standard 'nee naw' sound.
Visual Alarm function - Part 23 complaint
It is possible to set the flash rate of devices like S-Cubed Mark III (including S-Quad with VAD)using the commissioning tool. The flash rate can be set to 1s, 2s or 4s, but only the 2s rate iscompliant with EN54-23.
� The Equality Act 2010 recommends visual alarms like those offered byS-Cubed and S-Quad devices, are installed in protected premises to warn occupants whoare hard of hearing.
Strobe function (Legacy)In the event of a fire the appropriate legacy S-Cubed Mark II or I and legacy S-Quad devices wheninstalled in the system will output alarm signals according to the site specific needs and these canbe Signal 1, 2 and 3. The strobe alarm flash rate is every 2s for signal 1, every 1s for signal 2 andevery 1s for signal 3. The output from these Strobes are not Part 23 compliant.
The strobe flash rate for signals 1, 2 and 3 can be changed using the commissioning tool. Theoutput flash rates are synchronised with S-Cubed Mark II or I strobe and legacy S-Quad strobedevices installed in the same system.
Sounder functionA S-Cubed Mark III and II and S-Quad sounder element can operate in turbo mode if configuredduring commissioning to provide further 3dB output. The sound outputs are based on the settingsof the FABs and SABs at the panel that gives changing levels over 2 seconds duration in 8 timeslots. The standard outputs are synchronised with the S-Quad devices, S-Cubed device and 34000sounder devices installed in the same system.
The volume of the sound output can be individually set at the device, note that the sound levelshould not be set lower than 65dBA at 1m for standards compliance. The system preventsadjustment of volume down to zero. Another feature that can be configured is the soft start thatramps the sound volume gradually to the maximum level set at the device.
Turbo and Non Turbo Modes
The S-Cubed or S-Quad sounder can output in turbo and/or in non turbo modes. The high and lowFAB mappings are used to change the tone output of the S-Cubed or S-Quad sounder. The turbomode outputs a waveform with a basic frequency that is the same as the resonant frequency of thepiezo inside each device. The non turbo mode outputs modulated turbo waveform.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 157
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Turbo rich low tone
Turbo rich high tone
Turbo low tone
Turbo low tone - high output
Turbo square wave
Turbo high tone
Wa
ve
form
sw
ith
ba
sic
fre
qu
en
cy
sa
me
as
reso
na
ntfr
eq
ue
ncy
ofp
iezo
Non-Turbo rich low tone
Non-Turbo rich high tone
Non-Turbo low tone (Default)
Non-Turbo low tone - high output
Non-Turbo square wave
Non-Turbo high tone (Default)
Mo
du
late
dve
rsio
no
ftu
rbo
wa
ve
form
Programmable period
normally set at 10 seconds
can be configured up to 60 seconds
Programmable
Pre-speech silence
Attention tone Speech Message
Standard
or Complex
tone Message n
Programmable
Post-speech silence
It is possible to reprogram factory set speech messages
S-Cubed Mark I
� The S-Cubed Mark 1 strobe outputs is notcompliant to EN54 part 23. The S-Cubed Mark 3 VisualAlarm Devices are compliant to EN54 part 23.
� An S-Cubed device can operate in Tone or Voicemode dependent on type.
� All S-Cubed in a system can share a common startvolume setting from a range between 16% to 100%sound output.
� All S-Cubed in a system can share a common softstart facility, if set the sound output will incrementthe volume every 0.25s from a defined start level tomaximum output.
Voice and Sounder mode pluse VAD/Strobe action
� S-Cubed/S-Quad operating in tone mode allows selection from a range of low and high frequency tones that areoutputted according to FAB/SAB settings, see sounders configurations section.
� S-Cubed/S-Quad set for Voice mode operation allows selection from a range of tones and messages that span over 10seconds duration. The tones and messages are those held in respective S-Cubed/S-Quad device.
Commissioning instructions
158 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Voice
The Sounder providessound output over a durationas defined by the FAB/SABheld at the control panel
The Speech onlyprovides voice messagewith tone output.
If actioned:VAD:Signal 1, Signals 2 or Signal 3 will provide VAD output at 1Hz.
Strobe:Signal 1 will provide strobe output at 0.5HzSignals 2 or Signal 3 will provide strobe output at 1Hz.
Standard ToneTone 1Tone 2
““
Tone 7
Standard ToneTone 1Tone 2
““
Tone 15
Message 1Message 2
““
Message 7
Standard ToneTone 1Tone 2
““
Tone 15
Attention tone Speech Message
Std tone or Tone n
10 seconds period
MessageTone + Message
Tone onlyTone
The sequence repeated until Sounder is silenced
FAB/SAB is output, see Soundersconfiguration held at the control panel
The VAD / Strobe output isdefined by what signal is beingactioned on the S-Cubed.
Sounder
VAD / Strobe
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 159
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
D-
Gu
idelin
es
for
Netw
ork
ed
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Appendix D - Guidelines for Networked systemcommandsThe functions explained in this section apply to networked systems. See also guidelines for standalone system.For informationon Command build actions across a network, see Appendix C.
� When commissioning a network of control panels, ensure the software version is the same across all thepanels. This is also applicable when an existing network is to be installed with additional panels.
Master Sectors
� There can be up to a maximum of 64 Master Sectors perpanel
� a total of 255 Master sectors per network system
� they are therefore a collection of:
• Sectors
• Delayblocks
• Master Alarms
• and Aux Relays from one or more Systems.
� they provide global alarm actions across a network ofcontrol panels
Guidelines
� Fire Input Sectors must only be assigned to one MasterSector.
� Output Sectors can be assigned to more than one MasterSector.
� Master Sectors can be actioned by a Sectored Fire Event.
� a triggered Master Sector can action one or anycombination of:
• Sector
• another Master Sector
• Command Build (not locally)
• Delay Blocks
• Master Alarms
• or Auxiliary Relays.
� if a Sector assigned to a Master Sector has a Fire Event,the Master Sector will not perform any local actions on thePanel in alarm.
� if a Command Build actions a Master Sector, the actionswill be performed on other panels, but Command Buildswill not be triggered.
� a Master Sector must have something assigned to it beforeany Master Sector action links can be made to it.
� Master Sector Fire Event actions on other Panels can bestopped by global Silence Alarms.
PANEL 1 NETWORK PANEL 2
SIGNAL2
ON
O F F
ON
O F F
ON O
FF
SIGNAL1
SIGNAL3
NoAction
SIGNAL2
ON
O F F
ON
O F F
ON O
FF
SIGNAL1
SIGNAL3
NoAction
SECTORthat hasjust goneinto fire
SECTORthat hasjust goneinto fire
COMMANDBUILD
MASTERSECTOR 1
255 PERNETWORK
64 PERPANEL
MASTERSECTOR 2 SECTOR
MASTERALARM
AUXRELAY
COMMANDBUILD
SECTOR
COMMANDBUILD
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
TRIGGER
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
ACTION
DELAYBLOCK
ASSIGN
Commissioning instructions
160 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
D-
Gu
idelin
es
for
Netw
ork
ed
syste
mco
mm
an
ds
Master Groups
� There can be up to a maximum of 8 Master Groups per network.
� These are a collection of Groups used for:
• selective fire and non fire event message routing within a Control Panel or around a Networkof Panels
• and for routing Global Controls ‘Silence Alarms, Sound Alarms and/or Reset’ to designatedControl Panels in a Network.
� Messages can be displayed or printed on Control Panels and Repeat Panels. Messages are routedon a Card by Card basis, ie:Card 0 = Panel LCDCard 15 on Vigilon panel (Card 0 on Vigilon Compact panel) = Panel PrinterCards 1-6 = Repeats and Mimics panels on Loops 1-6
• Each Card can be configured to display/print All Events (default) or just Fire Events.
Repeat Panels on the same loop will always give the same information.
� Once message passing has been setup for global repeat or mimicindication, the local panel will also have to route reset messages to othergroups, besides Group 0.
� Groups within different Control Panels can be assigned to the sameMaster Group
� Global controls can be configured to output/input or both.
� Messages and controls within a standalone system do not require anysetting up
� the Group 0 contains all panel events and fire resets and therefore mustalways be assigned to a Master Group.
� The Verify control button is applicable for EN panels only canoperate globally, like the Sound alarms, Silence alarms and Reset buttons.
MASTER GROUP 1
MASTER GROUP 2
MASTER GROUP 3
MASTER GROUP 4
MASTER GROUP 5
MASTER GROUP 6
MASTER GROUP 7
MASTER GROUP 8
RESET
SILENCEALARMS
BOTH
MCC / MCBCARD 0
RESETINPUT
LINK
BOTH SILENCEALARMS
OUTPUT
PANEL 1 PANEL 2
Appendix E - CardsRefer to the instruction leaflet supplied with each card.
4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 161
Vigilon 4/6 loops & Compact (VA) panels & network nodes
Ap
pen
dix
E-
Card
s
Commissioning instructions
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone +44 (0) 116 246 2100 Technical Support : www.gentexpert.co.uk Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2016
162 4188-856_issue 7_07/15_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
by Honeywell
At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should be disposed ofvia a suitable recycling centre and inaccordance with national or local legislation.
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.